You are on page 1of 354

II PUC TEXT BOOK

Theory & Problems in

MATHEMATICS

MVJ PRE-UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road,
Whitefield, Bangalore 560 067
Contents

1 Relations and Functions 18 Pages

2 Inverse Trigonometric Functions 18 Pages

3 Matrices 15 Pages

4 Determinants 17 Pages

5 Continuity and Differentiability 69 – 94

6 Application of Differentiation 95 – 121

7 Integration 122 – 149

8 Application of Integration 150 – 154

9 Differential Equations 155 – 164

10 Vectors 165 – 190

11 Three Dimensional Geometry 191 - 214

12 Probability 215 – 240

13 Linear Programming 241 – 249

14 Chapter wise Important Questions 250 – 301

15. List of Formulae 302 - 322

16. Previous Year Question Papers 323 - 350


BLUE PRINT

A B C D E
Sl. Total
Chapters
No. Marks
1M 2M 3M 5M 6M 4M

1 Relation and function 1 1 1 1 11

Inverse Trigonometric
2 1 2 1 8
Function

3 Matrices 1 1 1 9

4 Determinants 1 1 1 1 12

Continuity and
5 1 2 2 1 1 20
Differentiability

Application of
6 1 1 1 10
Derivative

7 Integrals 1 2 2 1 1 22

8 Application of Integral 1 1 8

9 Differential Equations 1 1 1 10

10 Vector Algebra 1 2 2 11

Three Dimensional
11 1 1 1 1 11
Geometry

12 Linear Programming 1 1 7

13 Probability 1 1 1 1 11

Total 10 14 14 10 2 2 150
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Relations And Functions

Cross Product: If A and B are non-empty sets then the cross product is defined and
denoted as ( )
Ex: ( )( )( )( )( )( )
Note: If number of elements in set A is and number of elements in set B is
then the number of elements in is .
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Relation: If A and B are the two non-empty sets then the relation R from A into B is
the subset of ( )| ( )
Domain and Range of a Relation
If is a relation from into B , i.e., ( )|( ) then
domain and range of the relation is defined as domain |( ) &
range |( )
Example: If ( ) ( ) ( ) then Domain and Range

Inverse Relation: If R is a relation from A into B i.e., ()|( )


then inverse of the relation R is defined and denoted as ( )|( )
Example: If ( ) ( ) ( ) then ( )( )( )

Types of Relation

1) Reflexive relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be reflexive if ( )


for all
Example:- 1) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is reflexive
2) Let then ( ) ( ) is not reflexive relation
2) Identity relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be identity if ( ) for
all and ( )
Example:- 1) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) is Identity relation
Note: Every Identity relation is a reflexive relation.
3) Symmetric relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be symmetric if
( ) ( )
Example:- 1) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is symmetric
2) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) is not symmetric
3) Let then ( ) is symmetric relation

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 1
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
4) Transitive relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be transitive if
( ) and ( ) ( )
Example:-1) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) is transitive relation
2) Let then ( ) is transitive relation
3) Let then ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is not
transitive
5) Equivalence relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be equivalence if R is
reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
Example:- 1) If then ( ) ( ) ( ) is an equivalence
relation
2) If then {(( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ))} is an
equivalence relation
Note: Every identity relation is an equivalence relation but converse need not be
true.
Problems
1. Show that the relation R in the set given that ( ) ( ) is
symmetric but neither reflective nor transitive.
2. Show that the relation R in the set given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is reflexive but neither symmetric nor
transitive.
3. Let and a relation A is defined as
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is R
reflexive? symmetric? Transitive?
4. Give an example of a relation for the following
a) Reflexive bur neither symmetric nor transitive
b) Symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive
c) Transitive only
d) Reflexive and symmetric bur not transitive
e) Reflexive and transitive but not symmetric.
f) Symmetric and transitive but not reflexive
g) Reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
5. Check whether the relation R defined in the set as
( )| is reflexive , symmetric or transitive.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 2
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
6. Let L be the set of all lines in a plane and R be the relation in L defined as
( )| . Show that R is symmetric but neither
reflexive nor transitive.
7. Let be the set of all lines in a plane and R be the relation in L defined as
( )| . show that R is an equivalence relation
and also find the set of all lines which is related to the line
8. Let T be the set of all triangles in a plane a relation R is defined on T is
given by ( )| is congruent to . Show that R is an
equivalence relation.
9. Show that relation R defined in the set A of all polygons of same side as
( )| is an equivalence
relation. Find the set of all elements related to the right angled triangle T
with sides 3,4,5.
10. Show that relation R in the set A of points in a plane given that
( )|distance of point from the origin is same as distance of point
is an equivalence relation. Also show that the set of all points related to
( )is the circle with a centre ( ).
11. Show that the relation R in the set A of all books in a library given that
( )| is an equivalence
relation.
12. The relation R in the set A of Human beings is given by
| then verify R is reflexive, symmetric
and transitive.
13. Show that relation R in the set Z given by ( )| is
an equivalence relation.
14. A relation R on the set of integers is defined as
( )| then prove that R is an equivalence
relation.
15. Show that the relation R defined by ( )| on the set of real
numbers is reflexive and transitive but not symmetric.
16. Show that the relation R in the set of real numbers defined by
( )| is reflexive and transitive but not symmetric.
17. Check whether the relation R in R defined by ( ) is
reflexive, symmetric and transitive.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 3
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
18. If R is a relation on the set of natural numbers defined as
( )| then verify R is reflexive, symmetric and
transitive.
19. If R is a relation defined on the set of real numbers as
( )| then verify whether R is reflexive, symmetric and
transitive.
20. Let R be the relation defined on the set of natural numbers N as
( )| . Also verify whether R is reflexive, symmetric
and transitive. Find the domain and range of R?
21. A relation R on the set of natural numbers defined as
( )| verify whether R is reflexive, symmetric and
transitive.
22. Show that the relation R in the set given that
( ) | | is an equivalence relation and also show that all
the elements of the set are related to each other and all the
elements of the set {2,4} are related to each other but no element of
related to elements of
23. Given a nonempty set consider ( ) which is set of all subsets of . If
ARB is the relation such that A is subset of B. Is R an equivalence relation
on ( )

Equivalence Class: Let ‘R’ be an equivalence relation on a non-empty set A. For


each The equivalence class of is the set containing all elements related
to and it is denoted by [ ]
i.e. [ ] ( )

Problems
1) If ( )| is an equivalence relation in the set
then find the equivalence class of
2) If ( )| is an equivalence relation in the set z
then find equivalence class of 0,1 & 2.
3) If ( )| is an equivalence relation in the set
then find the equivalence class of

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 4
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Functions
Definition
Let A and B are two non-empty sets. A function f from A into B i.e.,
is defined as every element of A is associated with unique element of B.
Note: If be two non empty finite sets having elements respectively
then the total number of function from to is
Image and pre-image:- If the element is associated with the elements
under the function or mapping then we write ( ) the element is
called image of the element & the element is called pre-image of
Domain, Co-Domain and Range of the function:- In a function , the set A
is called Domain, the set B is called co-domain and the set of all images is called
range of

Different types of functions:-


1) Onto (Surjective) Function:- A function
𝑓
is said to be onto function if all the
1 a
elements of co-domain are images. i.e. 2 b
3 c
( ) In the diagram the function 4

is an onto function. Because


all the elements of B are images. i.e. A Onto B
( )
Note: If is onto function then ( ) ( )
2) One–One(injective) function:- A function is said to be one-one function if
different elements of domain have
𝑓
different images. i.e. ( ) ( )
1 a
or ( ) ( ) 2 b
3 c
In the diagram the function is d
an one-one Function .Because different
elements of A have different images in B. A One-One B
Note: If is one-one function
then ( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 5
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
3) Bijective (one-one and onto):- A 𝑓
function is said to be Bijective function 1 a
2 b
if it is both one-one and onto. In the 3 c
4 d
diagram the function is
Bijective function. Because is A B
Bijective
both one-one and onto
Note: if is bijective function then ( ) ( )

Problems :
I. State whether the following functions are one-one, onto or bijective functions.
1. where is given by ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) and ( )
2. where is defined as
( ) ( ) , ( ) , ( ) and ( )
3. where is defined as ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
II.
1. If defined by ( ) then prove that is both one-one
and onto.
2. If is a function defined by ( ) then prove that f is
bijective.
3. Let [ ] then discuss whether the following functions defined on A
are one-one or onto or bijective. 1) ( ) 2) ( )
4. Let and consider the function defined
by ( ) . is f is one-one and onto function?
5. Show that the function defined by ( ) is neither
one-one nor onto.
6. Show that the function is given by ( ) ( ) and
( ) is onto but not one-one.
7. Show that the function where is the set of all non zero real
numbers defined by ( ) is both one – one and onto. Is the result
true if the domain is replaced by N and co-domain being same as

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 6
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
8. If [ ] given by ( ) then show that f is neither one-one
nor onto.
9. If [ ] defined by ( ) prove that ( ) is one-one
but not onto.

10. A function is defined by ( ) { then

prove that ( ) is both one-one and onto.

11. Let is defined by ( ) { state whether the

function f is one-one and onto.


12. Show that given by ( ) { is both one-one
and onto.
13. Let C be the set of complex numbers then prove that the function,
given by ( ) | | is neither one-one nor onto.
14. Show that the function defined by ( ) | | is neither one-
one nor onto.
15. Let be a function defined by ( ) [ ] [ ] is a greatest integer
function then show that is neither one-one nor onto.
16. Let A be the set of all 50 students of a class X in a school. Let be
a function defined by ( ) then show
that f is one-one but not onto.
17. Show that a one-one function must be onto.
18. Show that an onto function is always one-one.

Composite Function
Let A, B, C be the three non-empty sets be two
functions. Let and is associated with under the function ‘f’ then
( ) Let is associated with under the function ‘g’ then
( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( ( ) )
Thus is a composite function defined by ( ) ( ( ))

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 7
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Definition :
Let and be two functions. The composition of the
functions f and g is denoted by defined by
( ) ( ( ))
Note: if f and g are any two functions then
1. ( )( ) ( ( )) ( )( ) ( ( ))

Problems
1. Let and . Let and
are the functions defined as ( )( ) and
( ) ( ) ( ) then find gof.
2. If the mapping f and g are given by ( ) ( ) ( ) and
( ) ( ) ( ) then find fog.
3. Let is given by
( ) ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) ( ) then find gof.
4. If the mapping f and g are given by ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
and ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Then find gof.
5. If and are the functions defined by ( ) ,
( ) then find ( ) ( )
6. If and are the functions given by ( ) and
( ) then show that
7. If defined by ( ) ( ) then prove that ( ) .
8. If ( ) then prove that ( )( )
9. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( ) and ( ).
10. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( ) and ( ).
11. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( )( ) ( )(2) and
( )( ).
12. If , and are the functions defined as
( ) ( ) and ( ) then show that
( ) ( )
13. Let be three functions defined from as ( )
( ) and ( ) then show that ( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 8
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
14. If { } { }, are the functions
defined as ( ) and ( ) then prove that and

15. Let be two functions defined as ( ) | | &


( ) | | then prove that ( )( ) and
( )( ) { .

16. If and are one-one then prove that is also


one-one.
17. If and are onto functions then prove that is
also onto.

Inverse of an Element :
Let be a function. If then inverse of an element b is defined and
denoted as ( ) | ( )
𝑓
Ex: be a function defined as then
a 1
( ) b 2
( ) c 3
( ) d 4
( ) A B

Inverse Function
Let be any function. If is said to be inverse function of if and
only if f is bijectie and inverse of f is denoted as

Invertible Function
A function is said to be invertible function if and only if exists.
Note:
1. If and then f is the invertible function, where I is the
identity function.
2. If is one-one function then inverse of an element is singleton set
or null set.
3. If is bijective function then inverse of an element is always a
singleton set.
MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 9
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
√ √
4. If then where ,
5. If then

Problems
1. If defined by ( ) then find ( ) and ( ).
2. Let defined by ( ) then find the set of all pre-images
of 17 and -3.
3. Let is defined by ( ) then find ( ).
4. If is defined by ( ) then find ( )
5. If is defined by ( ) then find ( )
6. Let then determine whether the following functions is
bijective and also find if it exist.
1) ( )( )( ) 2) ( )( )( )
3) ( )( )( )
7. Let R be the set of real numbers and is function defined by
( ) Show that is invertible and also find
8. If is defined by ( ) then show that is invertible and
also find .
9. If is defined by ( ) then show that is invertible
and also find .
10. If [ ) is defined by ( ) then prove that is
invertible and ( ) √
11. Let { } { } be a function defined as ( ) then
prove that f is invertible and also find
12. If { } { } be the function defined by ( ) then
show that f is invertible & also find
13. If is defined by ( ) then prove that f is
invertible and also find ( )
14. Let be a function defined as ( ) then
show that is invertible and also find ( ) where S is the range
of the function.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 10
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
15. Let ( ) be the function defined by ( )
then prove that f is invertible and ( ) (√ ).
16. Let | and be the function defined as ( )
then prove f is invertible & also find ( )
17. Let w be the set of all whole numbers and is defined as
( ) if n is even and ( ) if n is odd then show that is
invertible and also find
18. If [ ] is given by ( ) then find range of
[ ]
19. If is defined by ( ) then find the function
such that .
20. If ( ) then show that ( )( ) and also find inverse
of
21. If and be the two invertible functions then prove that
( )
22. Consider and are defined as
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Show that
are invertible, find ( ) and also Prove that
( )

Binary Operation
Definition: Let ‘S’ be the non-empty set and is said to be binary operation on S if
and is unique.

Problems:
1. Verify is a binary operation on the following signs.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. where S is the set of irrational numbers.
6. where S is the set of irrational numbers.
7.
8. where S is the set of irrational numbers.
MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 11
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
9.
10.
11. where is the set of all non zero real numbers.
12. where S is the set of irrational numbers.
13. √
14.
15.
16.
17. on where is the non zero real numbers.
18.
19.
2. If is defined on the set as . Is a
binary operation?
3. If is defined on the set of as of Is
binary operation.
4. If defined on as ( ) | | is a binary
operation?
5. Show that given by ( ) is a binary operation.
6. Show that given by ( ) a binary
operation.
7. Show that given by ( ) minimum of is a binary
operation.
8. Let P be the set of all subsets of given set X then show that
given by ( ) and is given by ( ) are
the binary operation on P.

Laws of Binary Operation:


1. Commutative Law: Let be the binary operation on the non empty set S
and is said to be commutative if, .
2. Associative Law: Let be the Binary operation on the non-empty set S and
is said to be associative if ( ) ( ) .

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 12
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
3. Identity element: Let be the binary operation on the non-empty set and
is said to be identity element if and only if

4. Inverse Element: Let be the binary operation on the non-empty set S and
is said to be inverse element of if and only if
where e is the identity element. Inverse of is denoted as
Note:
1. If e is the identity element then
2.
3. Inverse of identity element is itself.
4. Identity element is always unique.
5. Inverse of an element is always unique.

Problems:
1. Show that defined as is not commutative and
associative.
2. Show that are associative binary operation on R but is not
associative on R.
3. Show that are commutative binary operation on R but
subtraction is not commutative binary operation on R.
4. Let be a binary operation on defined by then prove that
is commutative but not associative.
5. If is defined as √ then prove that is
commutative and associative.
6. If is binary operation on the set of rational numbers defined as follows
then find which of the following binary operations are commutative or
associative and also find the identity element if exists.
1) 2) 3)
4) 5) 6)
7) 8)
7. Consider binary operation and defined as
| | and then prove that is commutative but not
associative, 0 is associative but not commutative. Further show that
( ) ( ) ( ) . If it is so we say that is
distributive over 0. Does 0 distributive over

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 13
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
8. Let be the binary operation on A is defined as ( )
( ) ( ) then show that is commutative and associative.
Find the identity element if exists.
9. Given a non empty set consider the binary given by
where ‘P’ is the power set of X then show that
X is the identity element and X is the only invertible element in P.
10. Given a non empty set X, a binary operation is defined as
where ‘P’ is the power set of X then show that
null set is the identity element and null set is the only invertible element.

Binary Operation Table


Let ‘S’ be the non-empty finite set i.e., and be the
binary operation on S.
The binary operation table is as follows
* ---

Note: If the binary operation table is symmetric w.r.t. principle diagonal then
binary operation is commutative.

Problems:
1. Construct a binary operation table for the set defined by
, Is commutative?
2. Consider the binary operation on the set defined as
then write the operation table for the binary operation
and is commutative?
3. Construct a binary operation table for operation on the set
defined as Is commutative. Compute ( ) ,
( ) &( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 14
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
4. Let be the binary operation of set defined as
write the binary operation table and is
commutation?
5. Show that number of binary operations on the set is exactly 1, if 1 is
the identity element and inverse of 2 is itself.
6. Let be the binary operation on the set defined as

{ then show that “0” is the identity element and

each element of the set is invertible with as its inverse.

Assignment
1. Let then find the number of relations containing
( ) ( ) which are reflexive, symmetric but not transitive.
2. Show that the number of equivalence relations in the set containing
( ) ( ) is two.
3. If then define a relation on A which is
a) Reflective, transitive but not symmetric
b) Symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive
c) Reflexive, symmetric and transitive
4. Let . If ( )| and
( )| then
show that
5. Let the relation on the set of real numbers defined by ( ) if
then prove that is reflexive and symmetric but not transitive.
6. Let be a relation on the set N of natural numbers defined by if
divides then prove that is reflexive, transitive but not symmetric.
7. Relation R is defined on set A of Human beings in the city is given by
( )| then prove that R is an
equivalence relation.
8. Show that the relation R in the set | given that
( )|( ) is a multiple of 4} is an equivalence relation and also
find the set of all elements related to 1.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 15
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
9. Determine whether each of the following is reflexive, symmetric and
transitive.
1) Relation on the set defined as ( )|
2) Relation on the set defined as
( )|
3) Relation on the set defined as ( )|
4) Relation on the set defined as
( )|
10. Show that R in the set is given by
( )| is an equivalence relation. Find the set of all elements
related to
11. If is the relation on the set defined as
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) then write the ordered pairs to be added to
to make it the smallest equivalence relation.
12. Let be the relation defined on as | . Verify
is reflexive, symmetric and transitive or not.
13. Let be a relation on the set of ordered pairs of positive integers
defined by ( ) ( ) if and only if . Show that R is an
equivalence relation.
14. Let be a function defined a relation in by
( )| ( ) ( ) . Examine whether is an equivalence relation
or not.
15. Show that the relation defined in the set of all triangles as
( )| is an equivalence relation. Consider
three right angle triangles with sides , with sides and
with sides which triangles amoung are related?
16. If is the equivalence relation on defined by R={(a,b)|5 divides a b}
then find the equivalence class of
17. If is the equivalence relation on defined by R={(a,b)|2 divides a b}.
Find the equivalence class of .
18. Let ( ) ( ) ( ) be a function
from to . Show that is one-one.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 16
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS

19. Show that the signum function given by ( ) { is

neither one-one nor onto.


20. State whether the following functions are one-one, onto or bijective
1) defined by ( )
2) defined by ( )
3) defined by ( )
4) defined by ( )
5) defined by ( )
6) defined by ( )
7) defined by ( )
8) defined by ( )
9) defined by ( )
21. Find the number of one-one functions on the set to itself.
22. If [ ] defined by ( ) then show that f is one –one but
not onto.
23. On the set Z of all integers define as ( )

{ is

24. Let A & B be any two non empty sets then show that
defined as [( )] ( ) is bijective function.
25. Consider the identity function defined as ( ) .
Show that is onto but defined as
( )( ) ( ) ( ) is not onto.
26. If is defined by ( ) then find ( ( ))
27. Let ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) then find and also write
domain and range of the functions
28. If ( ) ( ) then find ( )( ) ( )and
( ) ( ).
29. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( ) ( ) and
( )
30. Let be two functions defined by ( ) and ( )
then find ( ) ( )
31. Find
(i) ( ) ( ) ii) ( ) | | ( ) | |
MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 17
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
32. If is defined by ( ) then find ( )
23. State whether the following functions has inverse
i. with ( )( )( ) ( )
ii. with ( )( )( ) ( )
iii. If is defined by
( )( )( )( )
iv. If then is defined by
( )( )( )
33. If is defined by ( ) , ( ) and ( )
then find and show that ( )
34. Let be the bijective function given by ( ) ,
( ) and ( ) . Show that there exist a function
such that and where
and
35. Show that the function | defined by
( ) is bijective.
| |
36. Verify is a binary operation on the following
1) 2)
3)
4) √
37. Determine which of the following binary operations are commutative,
associative and find identity element if it exist?
1) 2)
3) 4)
5) 6)
7) 8) ( )
38. If is the binary operation on Z is defined as then find
the identity element if exists.
39. Let be the binary operation on N given by then
1) Find 2) Is commutative?
3) Is associative? 4) Find the identity of in N

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 18
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Trigonometry

 The arc length S of a circle is . Where is the radius and is the angle
subtended at the centre and is in radian
 The area of a sector of a circle is . Where is the radius and is the
angle subtended at the centre and is in radian
 The angle b/n hour hand and minute hand when the time is A hour B
minutes is given by | | A
 Basic definition
𝑂𝑝𝑝 𝐻𝑦𝑝

 𝜃
B 𝐴𝑑𝑗 c

 Basic identities:-
 √ √
 √ √
 √ √

 ASTC rule:-
I QUAD
II QUAD
All trigonometric functions
Sine & Cosec are +ve
are +ve

III QUAD IV QUAD


tan & cot are +ve Cos & Sec are +ve

 The trigonometric ratios of , , & in


terms of can easily remembered from the following rules
 When the angle is or , the t-ratio changes to co-ratio and
co-ratio changes to t-ratio

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 1
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
 When the angle is or the trigonometric ratio remains
same.
 In each case the sign must be determined by ASTC rule.
 Trigonometric ratios of compound angles:-
 ( )
 ( )
 ( )
 ( )
 ( )
 ( )

 ( )

 ( )
 Trigonometric ratios of multiple angle :-



 Trigonometric ratios of multiple angle :-
 

 Trigonometric ratios of half angles:-
( )
 ( ) ( )
( )

( )
 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )

( )

( )

 Some Important Formulae


 
 √ √ √ √
 √ √

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 2
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
 Transformation formulae:-
 ( ) ( )
 ( ) ( )
 ( ) ( )
 ( ) ( )

 ( ) ( )

 ( ) ( )

 ( ) ( )

 ( ) ( )

 Trigonometric ratios of some standard angles:-

√ √ √ √
0 1 0 0
√ √ √ √

√ √ √ √
1 0 0 1
√ √ √ √

0 √ √ √ √ 0 0
√ √

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 3
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION
Inverse function: If is a function from A to B, i.e. , then inverse
function exists if and only if function is bijective (i.e. both one-
one and onto)

Inverse of Sine function: Let then we define , where


and . The value of lies in [ ] is called
its principal value.
Example: ( ) , ( ) , ( )

doesnot exist ( because 2>1)
Note: 1) is not possible because
2) ( ) can also be written as ( )

Inverse of Cosine function: Let then we define , where


and . The value of lies in is called its
principal value.

Example: ( ) , ( ) , ( )

Inverse of Tangent function: Let then we define , where


and . The value of lies in ( ) is called
its principal value.
Example: ( ) , (√ ) , ( )

Inverse of Cotangent function: Let then we define , where


and . The value of lies in ( ) is called its
principal value.
Example: ( ) , (√ ) , ( )

Inverse of Secant function: Let then we define , where


and . The value of lies in { }
is called its principal value.
Example: , ( ) , ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 4
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Inverse of Cosecant function: Let then we define ,
where and . The value of lies in
[ ] { } is called its principal value.
Example: ( ) , ( ) , (√ )

Note: Domain and range of the inverse trigonometric functions as follows


Functions Domain Range (Principal Branch Value)

( )

( )

Problems:
1) Find the domain of the following
1. 2. ( ) 3.
4. ( )
2) Find the principal values of the following

1. ( ) 2. 3.
√ √
4. √ 5. 6.
√ √
7. 8. ( 9. ) ( )
Properties of inverse trigonometric functions:
I. 1) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)
2) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 5
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
3) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)
Similarly we can prove that
4) ( ) where
5) ( ) where
6) ( ) where

II 1) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)
2) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)
3) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )
( ) from (1)

Similarly we can prove that


4) ( ) where
5) ( ) where .
6) ( ) where

Note : 1) – ( ) 2) – ( )
3) – ( ) 4) – ( )
5) – ( ) 6) – ( )
III 1) ( ) , where
Proof: let ( ) ( )

( )
( ) from (1)
2) ( ) , where
Proof: let ( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 6
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
( )
( ) from (1)
3) ( ) , where
Proof: let ( ) ( )

( )
( ) from (1)
4) ( ) , where
Proof: let ( ) ( )

( )
( ) from (1)
5) ( ) , where
Proof: let ( ) ( )

( )
( ) from (1)
6) ( ) where
Proof: (home work)
IV 1) ( ) , where
Proof: Let ( )

( )

( ) from (1)

2) ( ) , where
Proof: Let ( )

( )

( ) from (1)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 7
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
3) ( ) where
Proof: Let ( )

( )
( ) from (1)
Note: ( )
Proof: Let ..(1)
( )
( ) ( )

( ( )) ( )
Note: 1) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( )
5) ( ) 6) ( )
V 1) , where
Proof : Let ( )
( )

from (1)
2) , where
Proof : Let ( )
( )

from (1)
3) , where
Proof : Let ( )
( )

from (1)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 8
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Problems:
1) Find the principal values of the following:
1) ( ) 2) ( √ ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( ) 6) ( )


7) ( ) 8) ( ) 9) ( )
√ √ √

10) ( )

2) Find the value of the following:
1) ( ) ( ) 2) (√ ) ( √ )

3) (√ ) ( ) 4) ( ) ( ) ( )

5) ( ) ( ) 6) ( √ ) ( )

7) ( ) ( )
3) Find the value of the following:
1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( ) 6) ( )

7) ( ) 8) ( ) 9) ( )

10) ( ) 11) ( ) 12) ( )


13) ( ) 14) 15)

16) ( ) 17) 18) ( )

19) [ ( )] 20) ( ( )) ( √ )

21) ( ) ( ) 22) ( )


23) ( ( )) 24) ( )


25) [ ( ) ] 26) ( ( ))

27) ( )
4) Find the value of the following:
1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 9
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
4) ( ) 5) [ ]

6) ( ( )) 7) ( ( ))
5) Find the value of the following:
1) ( ( )) 2) ( )

3) [ ] 4) ( ( ))

5) [ ( )] 6) [ ( √ )]

7) ( ) 8) [ ]

9) ( )

Note: 1) ( ) √ 2) ( ) √

( )
3) ( ) √
( )

6) Find the value of the following:


1) ( ) 2) [ ]

3) [ ] 4) [ ]

5) [ ] [ ] 6) [ ]

7) [ ] 8) [ ]

9) 10) [ ]

11) [ ]
7) Prove the following:
1) ( ) ( )

2)
3) 4)

5) [ ] 6) ( ( )) √

7) 8)

9)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 10
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
8) If then find
9) If then find
10) If then find
11) If then find
12) Prove the following

1) √ 2) √

3) [ ] 4) [ ]
√ √
5) ( ) 6) ( )
√ √
Note:
Functions Substitution We Get

( )

( )


MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 11
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS




13) Prove the following:


1) ( √ ) 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( )
5) ( ) 6) ( )

7) ( ) 8) √

9) √ 10) [ √ ] √

11) ( ) √ 12) ( ) ( )

13) [ ( ) ( )]

14) [ ( ) ( )]

15) [ ]
√ √
16) ( )
√ √
14) Write the following functions in the simplest form:
1) , | | 2) | |
√ √

3) (√ ) | | 4) ( )
√ √

5) ( ) 6) (√ )

7) ( )
15) For what value of the following functions Satisfies
1) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( √ )
5) ( √ )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 12
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Some Standard Formulae:
1) ( ) 𝜋 𝜋
𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽

𝜋 𝜋
Proof: Let (𝛼 𝛽)

(𝛼 𝛽) 𝜋
Let
Now, 𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦

𝑥𝑦
Now, ( )
–( )( )
𝑥 𝑦 𝑣𝑒
Now, 𝑣𝑒
( ) 𝑥𝑦 𝑣𝑒

where ( ) (𝛼 𝛽) 𝑣𝑒
𝜋
( ) (𝛼 𝛽)

( ) ,

2) ( )
Proof: Let 𝜋 𝜋
𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽

𝜋 𝜋
Let (𝛼 𝛽)

(𝛼 𝛽) 𝜋

Now, ( ) Now, 𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦
–( )( )

( ) 𝑥𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑣𝑒
where ( ) Now,
𝑥𝑦 𝑣𝑒
𝑣𝑒

( ) (𝛼 𝛽) 𝑣𝑒
𝜋
(𝛼 𝛽) 𝜋
( )

Now, (( ) ) (– ( ( )))
(( ) ) ( ( ))
(( ) ) ( ( )) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 13
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
(( ) )

( ) ( )

( )

3. ( )
Proof: Let 𝜋 𝜋
𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽

𝜋 𝜋
Let 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽

𝜋 𝜋
𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽
Now, ( )
( )( )
𝜋 𝜋
( ) (𝛼 𝛽)

where ( )
( ) ( )

4. ( ) | |
Proof:
( ) ( )
Note: 1) ( )

2) ( )

3) ( )

4) ( )
Problems:
1) Find the value of the following:
1) 2)
3) 4)
5) 6)
7) ( ) ( ) 8)
9) 10)
11)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 14
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
2) Prove the following:
1) 2)

3) 4)

5)

6)

7) ( )
8)

9) ( ) ( )

10) ( )

11) ( ) ( ) ( )
3) Prove the following:
1) 2)

3) ( ) ( ) 4)

5) 6)

7)
4) Solve the following equations:
1) ( ) 2) [ ]

3) [ ] 4) ( )
5) 6)
7) 8)

9)
10) ( ) ( )

11) ( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 15
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Assignment
1) Find the values of the following:
√ √
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) ( )
√ √ √ √

3) ( ) 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( )
9) ( ) 10)

11) 12) [ ]

13) ( ) ( ) 14) [ ]

15) ( ) 16) ( )

17) ( ) 18) ( ( ))

19) [ ( )] 20) [ ]

21) [ ] 22) [ ( ) ]

23) [ ] 24) ( )

25) ( ) 26) ( )

27) ( ) 28) ( )

29) ( ) 30)
31) 32)
33) 34)
2) Prove the following:
1) ( ) 2)

3) 4) ( )

√ √
5) ( ) 6) ( )
√ √
√ √ √ √ √
7) ( ) 8) ( )
√ √ √ √

9) [ ( ) ( )]

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 16
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
10) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11)
12)
13)

14) ( ) ( ) ( )
15) ,
16)

( ) ( ) ( )
17) √ √ √

18) ( ) ( ) ( )
19)

20) ( ) ( ) ( )

21)
22)
3) If ( √ ) ( ) ,
then prove that
4) If , then find
5) If , then find
6) If then prove that
7) If , then prove that
8) If , then prove that
9) If then prove that
10) If then prove that x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xyz = 1
11) Find the value of x of the following:
1) ( ) ( )

2) ( ) ( )
3)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 17
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
4)
5)

6) ( ) ( ) ( )

7) ( ) ( )
8) √
12) If , then prove that

13) Prove that ( ( )) ( ( ))

14) If , then prove that


15) If ( ) ( ) , then prove that

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 18
MATRICES
Matrices
Definition: A matrix is a rectangular arrangement of numbers or functions
enclosed within the brackets. The numbers or functions are called elements of
the matrix. Matrices are denoted by capital letters
Example: [ ]

In the above example, the horizontal lines of elements are called rows and the
vertical lines of elements are called columns.

Order of the Matrix:


A matrix having m rows and n columns is called a matrix of order
Example: [ ] is a matrix of order
Note: 1) In general matrix of order is written as

[ ]

[ ]
Where denotes the element in the row and column.
2) Number of elements in a matrix of order is given by mn

Problems:
1. Consider the following information regarding the number of men and women
workers in three factories

Factories Men Workers Women Workers


30 25
25 31
27 26

Represent the above information in the form of matrix. What does the entry
in the third row and second column represent.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 1
MATRICES
2. Construct a matrix , [ ] whose elements are given by
( ) ( )
i) ii)
3. Construct a matrix, [ ] whose elements are given by | |
4. Construct a matrix , [ ] whose elements are given by
i) | | ii)
5. If the matrix has elements what are the possible order it can have?
6. If the matrix has elements what are the possible order it can have?
7. If the matrix has elements what are the possible order it can have?
8. Find the number of all possible matrices of order with each entry 0 or 1.

Types of Matrices:
1. Zero matrix :- A matrix in which each element is zero, is called zero matrix or
null matrix and it is denoted by
Example:- [ ]
2. Row matrix :- A matrix having only one row is called row matrix. In general
order of row matrix containing n columns is given by
Example:- [ ]
3. Column matrix :- A matrix having only one column is called column matrix. In
general order of column matrix containing n rows is given by

Example:- [ ]

4. Square matrix:- A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number
of columns is called square matrix. In general square matrix of order is
also called as square matrix of order .
Example:- [ ] is the square matrix of order
Note: 1) Principal diagonal: - The diagonal from top left to the bottom right of a
square matrix is called principal diagonal.
2) Principal diagonal elements: The elements of the principal diagonal are
called principal diagonal elements.

Example:- [ ] Here are the principal diagonal elements.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 2
MATRICES
5. Diagonal matrix :- A square matrix is said to be diagonal matrix if all non-
diagonal elements are zero.

Example:- [ ]

6. Scalar matrix :- A diagonal matrix is said to be a scalar matrix if all the principle
diagonal elements are equal.

Example:- [ ]

7. Unit matrix or Identity matrix :- A diagonal matrix is said to be a unit matrix if


all the principle diagonal elements are one. Unity matrix of order is denoted
by or

Example:- [ ]

8. Upper triangular matrix :- A square matrix is said to be upper triangular matrix


if all the elements below the principle diagonal are zero.

Example:- [ ]

9. Lower triangular matrix :- A square matrix is said to be lower triangular matrix


if all the elements above the principle diagonal are zero

Example:- [ ]

Algebra of Matrices:
Equality of Matrices: Two matrices [ ] and [ ] are said to be equal if
i) They are of the same order ii) for all

Problems:
1. Find the value of if [ ] [ ]

2. If [ ] [ ] then find the value of

3. If [ ] [ ] then find the value of

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 3
MATRICES

4. Find if [ ] [ ]

5. If [ ] [ ] then find and .

6. Find the value of if [ ] [ ]

Addition of Matrices: If [ ] and [ ] are two matrices of same order,


say then the sum of two matrices is defined as [ ] where

Example: If [ ] [ ] then

[ ] [ ] [ ]

Difference of Matrices: If [ ] and [ ] are two matrices of same order,


say then the difference of two matrices is defined as [ ]
where

Example: If [ ] [ ] then

[ ] [ ] [ ]

Multiplication of a Matrix by a Scalar: If [ ] is any matrix and is any


scalar then is another matrix which is obtained by multiplying each elements
of by the scalar . i.e. [ ] [ ]

Example: If [ ] then [ ] [ ]

Note: Negative of a Matrix: If [ ] is any matrix then negative of a


matrix is defined and denoted as – [ ] [ ]
Properties of Matrices Addition: If are any matrices of order
then
1) Commutative Law :
2) Associative Law: ( ) ( )
3) , Where is the zero matrix of order
4) [ ] [ ] , Where is the zero matrix of order
5) [ ] , where is any scalar
MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 4
MATRICES
Problems:
1) If [ ] [ ] [ ] then find
i) , ii) iii)

2) If [√ ] [ ] then find

3) If [ ] and [ ] then find

4) Find the value of [ ] [ ]

5) Find the value of [ ] [ ]

6) If [ ] [ ] and [ ] then prove that

( ) ( )
7) If [ ] [ ] then find .

8) If [ ] [ ] [ ] then find .

9) If [ ] [ ] [ ] then find

10) [ ] [ ] [ ] then find .

11) [ ] [ ] [ ] then find .


12) Two farmers A and B cultivate only three varieties of rice namely .
The sale in rupee of these varieties of rice by farmers in the month of
September and October are given by the following matrices A and B
September Sales (in Rupees) October sales (in rupees)

[ ] [ ]
a) Find the combined sales in September and October for each farmer in
variety.
b) Find the decrease in sales from September to October.
c) If both farmer receive profit on sales, find the profit for each farmer
and for each variety sold in October.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 5
MATRICES
Matrix Multiplication:- If ( )be the matrix of order and
( )be the matrix of order then ( ) be the matrix of
order , where is the sum of the product of the corresponding elements
of row of A and column of B.
𝐴𝐵 [ ][ ]
Example: If [ ] and [ ] then

[ ] [ ] [ ]

Properties of Matrix Multiplication: If are any matrices such that


there multiplication exist then
1) Commutative Law: is need not be equal to Matrix Multiplication is
not commutative.
2) Associative Law: ( ) ( ) Matrix multiplication is associative.
3) , Where is an identity matrix
4)
5) , where is the zero matrix.
6) Distributive law : [ ]

Transpose of a Matrix :- If [ ] is a matrix of order then the matrix


obtained from interchanging the rows into columns of a matrix is called
transpose of matrix. If is the matrix then transpose of A is denoted by or

Example: If [ ] then [ ]

Note: If is a matrix of order then is the matrix of order


Properties: If are any matrices such that there multiplication and
addition exist then
1) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 6
MATRICES
Problems:
1) If [ ] [ ] then find and BA

2) Find the value of

1) [ ][ ] 2) [ ] [ ]

3) [ ][ ] 4) [ ][ ]

5) [ ][ ]

3) If [ ] and [ ] then show that

4) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then prove

that ( ) ( )
5) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then prove that
( )
6) If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate ( )
and verify that ( )

7) If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate

( ) Also, verify that ( )

8) If [ ] then prove that

9) If [ ] then find

10) If [ ] then prove that

11) If ( ) then prove that

12) A=( ) then prove that

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 7
MATRICES
13) If [ ] and [ ] then find and

14) If ( ) then prove that

15) If [ ] and [ ] then prove that ( )

16) If [ ] [ ] Verify that ( )

17) Find and of the following:


1) ( )( ) ( ) 2) ( )( ) ( )

3) [ ][ ][ ] 4) ( )( ) ( )

18) If is a square matrix such that then prove that ( )


19) If ( ) then prove that

( )
20) If ( ) then prove that
( )

( )( )

21) If [ ] then prove that [ ]


22) If are square matrices such that then prove that
and further prove that ( ) .
23) If [ ] then prove that [ ]
24) A manufacturer produces three products which he sells in two markets.
Annual sales are indicated below
Products
Market
X Y Z
I 1000 2000 18000
II 6000 20000 8000

a) If unit sale prices of x,y,z are Rs 2.50, Rs 1.50 and Rs 1.00 respectively then
find the total amount received by each markets using matrix multiplication
b) If unit cost prices of x,y,z are Rs 2.00, Rs 1.00 and Rs 0.50 respectively then
find the profit.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 8
MATRICES
Symmetric Matrix :- A matrix is said to be symmetric if

Example: [ ] [ ] is symmetric

matrix
Skew-Symmetric Matrix :- A matrix is said to be skew-symmetric if

Example: [ ] [ ] [ ]

is skew-symmetric matrix
Note: Principal diagonal elements of skew symmetric matrix is always zero.

Problems:

1) Show that [ ] is symmetric matrix.

2) Show that [ ] is skew-symmetric matrix.

3) If the matrix [ ] is skew-symmetric then find and c

4) If the matrix [ ] is skew-symmetric then find and c

5) If is a square matrix then prove that


1) is symmetric
2) is skew- symmetric
3) is symmetric
4) is symmetric
6) If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is
symmetric.
7) If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is
skew-symmetric.
8) If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is
symmetric if and only if .
9) Show that the matrix is symmetric if is symmetric.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 9
MATRICES
Note: Any square matrix can be express as sum of symmetric and skew-symmetric
matrix.

Proof: Let be any square matrix

Now, ( ) ( ) ( ) where is the transpose of


matrix

( ) ( ) ( )

Where ( ) is a symmetric matrix and ( ) is a skew-


symmetric matrix

10) Express the following matrices as the sum of symmetric and skew
symmetric matrix:

i) ( ) ii) ( ) iii) ( )

iv) ( ) v) ( ) vi) ( )

Invertible Matrix: A square matrix of order is said to be invertible if there


exist a matrix of order such that where is an identity matrix.

Note: 1) If then is called inverse of and it is denoted by .

Theorem – 1: Inverse of a square matrix, if it exists, is unique.


Proof: Let be a square matrix. If possible , let and are the inverse of
To prove inverse of a matrix is unique we shall prove that
If is the inverse of ( )
If is the inverse of ( )
We know that ( ) (From 2)
( ) (Associative law)
(From 1)

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 10
MATRICES
Theorem -2 : If and are invertible matrix of same order then ( )
Proof: Let are invertible matrices.
Now by definition ( )( ) (Pre multiplying both sides by A –1)
( )( )
( ) ( ) (Associative law)
( )
( ) (Pre multiplying both sides by B–1)
( )
( ) ( )

Elementary Operations of a Matrix:


1) The interchange of any two rows or two columns: Symbolically the
interchange of row and row is denoted by and interchange
of column and column is denoted by

Example: Apply to [ ] we get [ ]

2) The multiplication of the elements of any row or column by a non zero


number: Symbolically, the multiplication of each element of the row by
k, where is denoted by and the corresponding column
operation is denoted by

Example: Apply to [ ] we get [ ]

3) The addition to the elements of any row or column, the corresponding


elements of any other row or column multiplied by any non zero number:
Symbolically, the addition to the elements of ith row, the corresponding
elements of jth row multiplied by k is denoted by and the
corresponding column operation is denoted by

Example: Apply to [ ]

we get [ ] [ ]

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 11
MATRICES
Inverse of a matrix by elementary operation
Let be the invertible matrix
Step 1: Let
Step 2 : Apply a sequence of row operation on till we get, .
Step 3: The matrix B will be the inverse of
Note: Similarly, if we wish to find A–1 using column operations then, write
and apply a sequence of column operations on till we get,
. The matrix B will be the inverse of

Problems:
1) Find the inverse of the following matrices using elementary operation

1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( ) 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) 7) ( ) 8) ( )

9) ( ) 10) ( ) 11) ( ) 12) ( )

13) ( )

2) If ( ) where are non zero real number then find .

Assignment
1. Consider the following information regarding the number of pens and note
books
Name Pens Note Books
Radha 6 15
Fauzia 2 10
Simran 5 13
Represent the above information in the form of matrix. What does the
element represent?
2. Construct a matrix, whose elements are given by

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 12
MATRICES

3. If and then find

( ) ( )
4. If ( ) ( ) then find

5. If [ ] [ ] and then find .

6. If [ ] [ ] then find and .

7. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find

8. Two Factories and produces sport shoes for boys and girls in three
different price labled . The quantities produced by each factory are
represented as matrices given below
Factory Factory

[ ] [ ]

Then find the total production of sport shoes in each category.

9. If ( ) ( ) then find

10. If ( ) and ( ), Show that ( )( )

11. If ( ) and ( ) and then find if exists.

12. If ( ) and ( ) then find so that

13. If ( ) and ( ), then verify ( )

14. Find non-zero values of satisfying the matrix equation


( )
( ) ( ) [ ]

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 13
MATRICES
15. If ( )( ) ( ) then find

16. If ( )& ( ) p ( )

17. If ( ) ( ), then prove that ( ) ( ) ( )

18. If ( ) ( ) then find ( )

19. If (√ ) (√ ) then verify that

( )

20. If ( ) ( ) then find ( )

21. If ( ) then find and prove that

22. If ( ) then prove that ( )

23. If ( ) then prove that ( )

24. If [ ] then prove that .

25. If [ ] [ ] Verify that ( )

26. Show that the matrix is skew symmetric if is skew symmetric


27. A trust fund has RS 30,000 that must be invested in two different types of
bonds. The first bond pays 5% interest per year and the second bond pays 7%
interest per year, using matrix multiplication determine how to divide
Rs 30,000 among the two types of bond if the bond must obtain an annual
total interest of RS 2000.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 14
MATRICES
28. In a legislative assembly election, a political group hired a public relations firm
to promote its candidate in three ways: telephone, house calls, and letters.

The cost per contact (in paise) is given in matrix [ ]

The number of contacts of each type made in two cities is given by

Then find the total amount


[ ]

spent by the group in the two cities


29. Find the inverse of the following matrices using elementary operation

1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( ) 6) ( )

7) ( ) 8) ( ) 9) ( )

10) ( ) 11) ( )

30. Find if ( ) satisfies

31. If ( ) ( ) , then find .

32. If ( ) ( ), then find

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 15
DETERMINANTS
Determinants
Definition: A function from square matrices to complex number ( i.e. ,
where is the set of matrices and is the set of complex number) is called
Determinants. The determinant of the matrix A is denoted by | |.
Note: Sign of the determinant is as follows

| |

Expansion of determinant:
If ( ) is a square matrix of order 2 then

| | | |
Expansion of determinant:

If ( ) is a square matrix of order 3 then

| | | |

| | | | | | | |

| | ( ) ( ) ( )

Problems:
1. Expand the following determinants

1) | | 2) | | 3) | |

4) | | 5) | | 6) | |

7) | | 8) | | 9) | |

10) | | 11) | | 12) | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 1
DETERMINANTS
2. Find the value of if
1) | | | | 2) | | | |

3) | | | | 4) | | | |

5) | | 6) | |

Properties of Determinants:
1. The value of a determinant is unaltered if its rows and columns are
interchanged ( | | | |)

Proof: Let ( ) be any square matrices of order 3

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| | ( )
Let B be the matrix obtain by interchanging rows and columns of the matrix A.

i.e. ( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| | ( )
(1) and (2) | | | |

2. If two rows (or columns) of a determinant are interchanged then sign of the
determinant changes

Proof: Let ( ) be any square matrices of order 3

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| | ( )
Let B be the matrix obtain by interchanging and of the matrix A.

i.e. ( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 2
DETERMINANTS
| |
| | ( )
| | | | ( ( )) | | | |
3. If in a determinant two rows (or columns) are identical then the value of the
determinant is zero.
Proof: Let be the matrix such that and are equal

( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| |
| |
4. If the elements of any row (or column) are zero then the value of the
determinant is zero.
Proof: Let be the matrix such that every elements of first row are zero.

i.e. ( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| |

5. If the elements of any row (or column) are multiplied by k then the value of
the determinant is multiplied by k.

Proof: Let ( ) be any square matrices of order 3

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| | ( )
Let be the matrix obtained by multiplying every elements of first row of the

matrix A by a scalar K. i.e. ( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| | ( )
| | | |( ( ))
Note: - | | | | where is a constant and is the order of the matrix

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 3
DETERMINANTS
6. The value of a determinant of upper triangular matrix or lower triangular
matrix is equal to product of the principal diagonal element.

Proof: Let be the upper triangular matrix i.e ( )

Now | | ( ) ( ) ( )
| |
Similarly we can prove the result for lower triangular matrix.

7. If each element in any row (or column) of a determinant is a sum of two


terms then the determinant can be expressed as a sum of 2 determinants.
Proof: Let be a matrix such that each elements of first row is a sum of terms

( )

Now we shall prove that

| | | | | |

| |

( )| | ( )| | ( )| | ( )

| | | |

| | | | | | | | | | | |

( )| | ( )| | ( )| | ( )

From (1) & (2) | | | | | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 4
DETERMINANTS
8. If to the elements of any row (or column) of a determinant the same
multiples of the corresponding elements of the other rows (or columns) of
the determinant are added then the value of the determinant is unaltered

Proof: Let | | | | , Operate

| | | |

| | | | | | | | | |

| | | | ( ) | | | |
Note: If and are the square matrices of same order then | | | || |

Problems:
1) Prove the following:

1. | | ( )( )( )

2. | | ( )( )( )

3. | | ( )( )( )

4. | | ( )( )( )( )

5. | | ( )

6. | | ( )

7. | | ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 5
DETERMINANTS

8. | | ( ) ( )

9. | | ( )

10. | |

11. | |

( )
12. | ( )|
( )

13. | | ( )

14. | |

15. | | ( )

16. | |

17. | |

18. | | ( )( )( )( )

2) If are all different & | | , show that

3) Prove the following without expanding the determinant:

1) | | 2) | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 6
DETERMINANTS
3) | | 4) | |

5) | | 6) | |

7) | | 8) | |

9) | | 10) | |

11) | | 12) | |

( )
13) | | 14) | ( )|
( )

15) | | 16) | |

4) If are in A.P then prove that | |

5) If are in A.P then prove that | |

6) Prove that | | | |

7) If [ ] then find | |

8) If A is a square matrix of order 3 and | | then find | |


9) If | | then find | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 7
DETERMINANTS
Area of a Triangle in Terms of a Determinant:
Note: Area of the triangle formed by the vertices ( )( ) ( ) is
given by

[ ( ) ( ) ( )] ∑ ( )
Theorem: Area of the triangle formed by the vertices

( )( ) ( ) is given by | |

Proof: Now | | ( ( ) ( ) ( ))

[ ( ) ( ) ( )] ∑ ( )

Note: Equation of the line passing through the points ( ) and ( ) is given
by

Theorem: Equation of the line passing through the points ( ) and ( )

is given by | |

Proof: Now | | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |

( )( ( )) ( )( ( )) ( )
( )( ) ( )( )
( )( ) ( )( )

| |

Note: If ( )( ) ( ) are collinear then | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 8
DETERMINANTS
Problems:
1) Find the area of the triangle with vertices at the point given in each of the
following:
1) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) ( ) ( )
3) ( )( )( ) 4) ( ) ( )( )
2) Find the value of if area of the triangle is 3 sq. units and vertices are
( )( )( )
3) Find the value of if area of the triangle is 4 sq. units and vertices are
1) ( )( )( ) 2) ( )( )( )
4) Find the equation of the line joining the points
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) ( ) 3) ( ) ( )
5) Show that the points ( )( ) ( ) are collinear.

Minors, Cofactors and Adjoint:


Minor: The minor of an element is the value of the determinant obtained by
deleting row and column of the matrix. The minor of the element is
denoted by .

Cofactor: The cofactor of an element of a matrix is denoted and defined


by ( ) , Where is minor of the element

Example: Let ( ) be any matrices.

Now Minor of element 6 | |


Now cofactor of element 6 ( ) ( ) ( )
( )( )

Cofactor matrix: The cofactor matrix of a square matrix is the matrix obtained
by replacing the elements of by its corresponding cofactors

Adjoint of the Matrix: The adjoint of the matrix is the transpose of the cofactor
matrix and it is denoted by .

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 9
DETERMINANTS
Problems:
1) Find the minor and cofactors of the elements in the determinant

| |

2) Find the minors and cofactors of all elements of the following determinants
1) | | 2) | | 3) | |

4) | | 5) | | 6) | |

3) Find the adjoint of the following matrices:


1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( ) 6) ( )

Theorem: If the elements of any row (or column) are multiplied by there
corresponding cofactors and added, then there sum is the value of the
determinant. ( i.e. | |)

Proof: Let ( ) be the matrices.

Now | | | | | | | | ( )

Now Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

| | ( | |) | |

| | | | | | | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 10
DETERMINANTS
Theorem: If the elements of a row (or column) are multiplied by the cofactor of
the corresponding elements of any other row (or column) and added, then their
sum is zero. ( i.e. )

Proof: Let ( ) be the matrices.

Now Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

Cofactor element of is ( ) | | | |

| | ( | |) | |
( ) ( ) ( )

Theorem: For a square matrix, ( ) ( ) | |

Proof: Let ( ) be the matrices.

( ) ( )

Now, ( ) ( )( )

( )

| |
( ) ( | | ) | |( ) | | ( )
| |
Similarly we can prove ( ) | | ( )
From ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) | |
Note: If is a square matrix of order and | | then | | | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 11
DETERMINANTS
Proof: we know that ( ) | | |( ) | || | |
| || | | | | | | || | | | ( )
| |
| | | |
| |
Problems:
1) If is a matrix and | | find | |
2) If is a matrix and | | find | |
3) If ( ) where is the identity matrix of order then find | |

4) Using cofactors of elements of second row, evaluate | |

5) If ( ) then prove that ( ) | |

Singular Matrix: A square matrix is said to be singular if | |


Non singular Matrix: A square matrix is said to be non-singular if | |
Inverse of a matrix: Let be a square matrix. If is matrix such that
, then is called inverse of and it is denoted by .

Theorem: Inverse of the matrix exist if is non singular and ( ).


| |

Proof: we know that ( ) | | , multiply by on both sides


( ) | | ( ) | |
( ) | | ( ), where | |
| |

Theorem: If is an invertible matrix of order then | | | |


.
Proof: we know that , | | | | | || |
| |
| |

Problems:
1) If the following matrices are singular then find the value of

1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 12
DETERMINANTS
2) Find the inverse of the following matrices

1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( ) 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) 7) ( )

4) If ( ) ( ) then find ( )

5) If ( ) ( ) then prove that ( )

6) If ( ) ( ) then prove that ( )

7) If ( ) then find

8) If ( ) then find

9) If ( ) then find

10) If is a square matrix & then find in terms of


11) If is a square matrix & , then find in terms of A

12) If ( ) ( ) then find matrix .

Solutions of System of Linear Equations


Matrix method: Consider the system of linear equation

Let ( ) be the coefficient matrix, ( ) and ( ) be the

unknown matrix.

Now, ( )( ) ( ) ( )

multiply by on both side

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 13
DETERMINANTS
Problems:
1) Solve the following system of linear equations using matrix method
1) 2)
3) 4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
2) Kiran purchased 3 pencils, two notebooks and one pen for Rs 41. From the
same shop Manasa purchased 2 pencils, one note book and 2 pens for Rs 29,
while Shreya purchased 2 pencils, 2 notebooks and 2 pens for Rs 44. Translate
the problem into a system of equations. Solve this system of equation by
matrix method and find the cost of pencile, a note book and a pen.
3) The Sum of three numbers is 6. If we multiply third number by 3 and added
second number to it, we get 11. By adding first and third numbers, we get
double of second number. Represent it algebraically and find the numbers
using matrix method.

Consistency and Inconsistency of a System of Equation:


Definition: A system of equation is said to be consistent if it has a solution.
A system of equation is said to be inconsistent if it has no solution.
If A is non singular matrix: Since is non singular, Inverse of A (i.e. ) exist and
we know that ( Matrix method ) solution of system of equation
exist.
| |
If A is singular matrix: Since is singular, | | and we know that ,
( ) ( ) | | ( ) ( ) ( )
Case 1) If ( ) , then can take any values system of equation has
infinitely many solutions system of equation is consistent.

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 14
DETERMINANTS
Case 2) If ( ) then ( ) which is not possible system of
equation has no solutions system of equation is inconsistent
Note: 1) If | | then there exist unique solution and the system of equation
is consistent.
2) If | | and ( ) , then system of equation has infinitely
many solutions and the system of equation is consistent.
3) If | | and ( ) , then system of equation has no solutions
and the system of equation is inconsistent.

Problems:
1) Examine the consistency and inconsistency of the following system of
equations.
1) 2)
3) 4)
5)
6)
7)

Assignment

1. If ( ) then find | |.

2. Prove that | | | |

3. Prove the following without expanding the determinant:

1) | | 2) | |

4. If | |, then find .

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 15
DETERMINANTS

5. If prove that | | | |

6. Prove that | | , are in .

7. Prove the following

1) | | )| |

3) | | )| | ( )

5) | | ( )( )( )

( ) ( )
6) | ( ) | | ( ) |
( ) ( )
( )

7) | | ( )( )( )

8) | | ( )

8. In a triangle , if | |

then prove that triangle is isosceles triangle.

9. If is a non-singular matrix and | | prove that |( ) |


10. Find the minors and cofactors of the elements of the determinant

| | and verify that

11. If ( ) then verify ( ) | |

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 16
DETERMINANTS
12. If ( ), verify that ( ) ( )

13. If ( ) and ( ) then find

14. Find the inverse of the following matrices.

1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( )

15. If ( ) find

16. Solve the following using matrix method.


1)
2)
17. A company produces three products. On a single day total production of the
company is 45 units. It is found that the production of the third product
exceeds the production of the first by 8 units and the production of the first
and third product is double the production of the second. Determine the
production of each product, using matrix method.
18. Examine the consistency and inconsistency of the following system of
equations.
1)
2)
3)
19. using , solve the system of linear equation

20. If and | | then prove that

MVJ Pre-University College, Near ITPB, Channasandra Main Road, Bangalore 560 067. 17
Continuity and Differentiability
Limits
tends to : If takes the value nearer and nearer to then it is called tends
to and it is denoted by

Limit of a function: ( ) takes the value 𝑦


nearer and nearer to when takes the
𝑦 𝑓(𝑥)
value nearer and nearer to .
( ( ) ) Then is 𝑓(𝑥)
called limit of a function and it is denoted
by ( ) 𝑙

Left hand limit [LHL]: If takes the value 𝑥 𝑎


𝑥
nearer and nearer to from the left side
of then the limit is called left hand limit
[LHL] and denoted as ( )

Right hand limit [RHL]: If takes the value nearer and nearer to from the right
side of then the limit is called right hand limit [RHL] and denoted as

Properties Of Limits : If ( ) and ( ) are any functions then


 [ ( ) ( )] ( ) ( )
 [ ( ) ( )] ( ) ( )
 [ ( )] ( ) where c is a constant
 ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
 [ ( )] ( )
Important Formula :
 rational values of

 where is in radian.

 where is in radian.

 ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 69


Continuity and Differentiability

 ( )


( )

Continuity and Differentiability


Definition : Let ( ) be a function said to be continuous at
if ( ) ( ) or ( ) ( ) ( )
Continuous Function : A function ( ) is called continuous function if ( ) is
continuous at every point of its domain.
Discontinuous Function: A function ( ) is said to be discontinuous if it is not
continuous.

Problems:
1) Prove that the function ( ) is continuous at and at

2) Prove that the function ( ) is continuous at where n is +ve


integer.
3) Check the continuity of the function given by ( ) .
4) Prove that polynomial function is continuous everywhere.
5) Discuss the continuity of the function given by ( )
6) Discuss the continuity of the function defined by ( )
7) Prove that the function

1. ) { is continuous at and

discontinuous at

2. ) { is discontinuous at but

continuous at
3. ( ) is continuous at
4. ( ) is continuous at

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 70


Continuity and Differentiability
5. ( ) is continuous at

6. ( ) { is discontinuous at

7. ( ) { is discontinuous at


8. ( ) { is continuous at

8) Prove that is continuous every where
9) Prove that is continuous every where
10) Discuss the continuity and discontinuity of the following functions

1) ( ) { 2) ( ) {

3) ( ) { 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) {

7) ( ) { 8) ( ) {

9) ( ) {

10) ( ) {

11) ( ) {

12) ( ) {

13) ( ) {

11) Discuss the continuity of the function ( ) [ ], where [ ] is greatest


integer function.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 71


Continuity and Differentiability
12) Find the value of K, so that the function

1. ( ) { is continuous at

2. ( ) { is continuous everywhere

3. ( ) { is continuous at

4. ( ) { is continuous everywhere

5. ( ) { is continuous at

6. ( ) { is continuous at

7. ( ) { is continuous at

13) Find the value of such that the function

( ) { is continuous function.

14) Find the value of such that the function

( ) { is continuous at .

Algebra of Continuous Function


Theorem 1 : If ( ) and ( ) are the two continuous functions at then
( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) and ( ) ( ) ( ) is continuous at
Proof: Given, ( ) ( ) are continuous functions at
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
1) Now. ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )
( )( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 72


Continuity and Differentiability
2) Now. ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )

( )( )
3) Now. ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( )

( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )

( ) ( ) ( )
4) Now. ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )

( ) ( ) ( )( )

Theorem 2: If ( ) and ( ) are the two functions such that ( )( ) is defined


at If ( ) is continuous at ( ) is continuous at ( ) then
( )( ) is continuous at

Proof: Given ( ) is continuous at ( ) ( )


Now, ( )( ) ( ( )) [ ( ) ( )]
( ) ( ( )) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )
( )( ) is continuous at
Note:
1) ( ) is continuous everywhere.
2) ( ) polynomial function is continuous everywhere
3) ( ) ( ) are continuous everywhere.

Problems
1) Prove that the function defined by ( ) is continuous
everywhere.
2) Prove that every rational function is continuous everywhere.
3) Prove that following functions are continuous
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )
4) ( ) | | 5) ( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 73


Continuity and Differentiability
4) Prove that the function ( ) is continuous for all
( )

5) Prove that the function ( ) is continuous for all .


6) Prove that ( ) [ ] is discontinuous for all

Differentiability
Increment: When a variable changes from one value to another value then the
quantity by which the value changes is called increment. The increment of is
denoted by and increment of is denoted by
Note: Increment may be positive or negative.

Example: If changes from to then , If changes from 2 to


1.9999 then .
Differential Coefficient (Derivative): Let ( ) be any function.
If changes to then changes to
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Dividing by and taking on both side then we get
( ) ( )

is called derivative of a function ( ) with respect to . It is denoted by


( )
( ) ( )
i.e. ( )
Derivative of the function at If ( ) is a continuous function at
( ) ( )
then ( )
( ) ( )
Note: Derivative of the function ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
Proof: W.K.T ( ) ( )
Let , If ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
From (1) and (2) , ( )
Left Hand Derivative (LHD): If ( ) is a continuous function at then
( ) ( )
is called left hand derivative of the function at

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 74


Continuity and Differentiability
Right Hand Derivative (RHD): If ( ) is a continuous function at then
( ) ( )
is called right hand derivative of the function at
Note: Derivative of the function exist if and only if LHD is equal to RHD

Problems:
1. Prove that the function ( ) is not differentiable at
Note: ( ) is not differentiable at

2. Prove that the function ( ) { is not differentiable at

3. Prove that the function ( ) { is not

differentiable at
( )
4. Prove that the function ( ) { is differentiable

at
[ ]
5. Prove that the function ( ) { is not
( )
differentiable at Where [ ] is a greatest integer function.
6. Give an example for a function which is continuous everywhere but not
differentiable at exactly two points? Justify your answer.

Theorem: If ( ) is differentiable at then it is continuous at


Proof: Given ( ) is differentiable at
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
Now, We shall prove that ( ) is continues
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Now, ( ) ( ) ( )
( )[ ] ( )( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 75


Continuity and Differentiability
Note: converse of the above theorem is not true i.e. if ( ) is continuous at
then ( ) need not be differentiable at

Proof: we know that ( ) is continuous at but ( ) is not


differentiate at

Rules of Differentiation: If and are function of then


1. ( ) ( ) ( )

2. ( ( ) ( )( )

3. ( ) ( ) ( ) where

( ) ( )
4. ( ) where

Note: Important formulae (I PUC)


1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( )

4) ( ) 5) ( )

6) ( ) 7) ( )

8) ( ) 9) ( )

Differentiation of Inverse Trigonometric Function


1) If

Proof: Given , differentiate w.r.t.
√ √

2) If

Proof: Given
differentiate w.r.t.
√ √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 76


Continuity and Differentiability

3) If then
Given:

4) If then

Given:

[ ] [ ]

5) If then

Given:

√ √

6) If then

Given:

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 77


Continuity and Differentiability
Differentiation of ( ) w.r.t
Theorem: If ( ) then ( )
Proof: Let ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
w.k.t. ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( )( )
( )

( )
( )
( )

Differentiation of ( ) w.r.t
Theorem: If ( ) then ( )
Proof: Let ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
w.k.t. ( )

[ ]

( )

( )
( )
Differentiation of ( ) w.r.t
Theorem: If ( ) then ( )
Proof: Let ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
w.k.t. ( )

[ ]

( )

( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 78


Continuity and Differentiability
Note:
1. Some useful results of differentiations
1) ( ) 2) ( )

3) (√ ) 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( )
9) ( ) 10) ( )
11) ( ) 12)
13) 14) ( )

15) ( ) 16) ( )
√ √

17) ( ) 18) ( )
19) ( ) 20) ( )
√ √

2. Rules of Differentiation:-
1. ( ( )) ( )
2. ( ) ( ) ( ) where
3. ( ) ( ) ( ) where
4. ( ) ( ) ( ) where
( ) ( )
5. ( ) where

Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
1) 2)
3) 4) √
5) 6)
7) 8)
9) √ 10) ( )
11) ( ) 12)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 79


Continuity and Differentiability
13) √ 14)
15) 16)

17) 18)

19) 20)

21)
( )
Note: ( )
( )
2.
[ ]
3. If then prove that

Derivatives of Composite Function


Chain Rule : If ( ( )) ( ( )) ( )
Proof : Given ( ( ))
Let ( ) , differentiate w.r.t ( ) ( )
Now, ( ( )) ( ) differentiate w.r.t
( ) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( )
( )
Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
1) ( ) 2) (√ )
3) ( ) 4) ( )
5) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( )
9) √ 10) ( )
11) ( ) 12)
13) 14)
15) 16) √ √
17) [ ] 18) ( √ )
19) ( ) 20)
21) 22)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 80


Continuity and Differentiability
23) 24)
25) √ √ 26) √
27) ( ) 28) √
29) 30)
31) √ 32)
33) [ ] 34) ( )
35) ( ) 36) ( )
37) ( √ ) 38) ( )
39) ( ) 40)
41) 42)
43) √ 44) ( )( )
45) ( √ ) 46)

47) ( )( ) 48)

49) 50) ( )

2. If then prove that


√ √
3. If ( ) ( ) then prove that
√ √

4. If ( ) then prove that

5. If ( ) then prove that

6. If ( ) then prove that


7. If ( √ ) then prove that

8. If √ then prove that ( )

9. If √ then prove that ( )

10. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

11. If then prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 81


Continuity and Differentiability

12. If ( ) then prove that


( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13. If | | then prove that | |

Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric function by substitution


Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
1) ( ) 2) ( )

3) ( ) 4) [ ]


5) [ ] 6) √

7) √

2. If ( ) then prove that

3. If ( √ ) then prove that


√ √
4. If ( ) then prove that
√ √ √

√ √
5. If ( ) then prove that
√ √ √

6. If ( (√ √ )) then prove that


7. If ( [√ ]) then prove that

8. If ( ) then prove that



9. If ( ) then prove that
√ √

10. If ( ) then prove that


Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 82


Continuity and Differentiability
Differentiation of Implicit Function:
Explicit Function: A function ( ) is said to be explicit function if can be
expressed as function of or can be expressed as function of .
Example: 1) 2)

Implicit Function : If a function ( ) is not explicit then the function is called


implicit function.
Example: 1) ( ) 2)

Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
1) 2) √ √
3) 4)
5) 6) ( )
7) 8) ( )
9)

2. If ( ) then prove that √


( )
3. If ( ) then prove that

4. If √ √ √ then prove that ( )

5. If √ √ √ then prove that

6. If ( ) then prove that


√ √
7. If then prove that
√ √
( )
8. If ( ) ( ) then prove that
( )
9. If ( )then prove that

10. If √ √ , then prove that ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 83


Continuity and Differentiability
Differentiation of Parametric Function:
Parametric Function: A function of the form ( ) ( ) is called
parametric function and is called parameter of the function
( )
Theorem: If ( ) ( ) is a parametric function then .
( )

Proof: Given ( )
( )
Given ( )
( )
( )
Now, ()

Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
1) 2)
3) 4)
5) ( ), ( )
6) ( ), ( )

7)
√ √

2. If then prove that

3. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

and also find ( )

4. If ( ) ( ) then prove that


5. If ( ) ( ) then prove that
( )

6. If then prove that

7. If ( ) prove that

8. If then prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 84


Continuity and Differentiability

9. If then prove that

10. If √ √ then prove that

11. If then prove that √

Differentiation of one function with respect to another function


To find deviation of ( ) with respect to ( )
Put ( ) ( )
( )
Then ( ) ( ) Therefore ( )

Problems:
1. Differentiate

2. Differentiate
3. Differentiate ( )
4. Differentiate ( )

5. Differentiate ( )

Logarithmic differentiation : It is used in following types:


( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
1. ( ( )) 2) ( ) ( ) ( )
3) ( ) ( ) ( )
Problems:
1. Differentiate the following
( ) √ ( )( )
1) 2) √
( ) ( )

( )( )
3) √( )( )( )
4)

5) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( )
9) ( ) 10)
11) ( ) √ 12)
13) ( ) 14) ( ) ( )
( )
15) 16)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 85


Continuity and Differentiability

2. If then prove that

3. If then prove that

4. If then prove that


( )
5. If then prove that
( )
6. If then prove that

Second Order Derivative: ( ) then it is


the first order derivative of w.r.t. . If we find the derivative of w.r.t. i.e.

( ) which is is called as second order derivative of y w.r.t . It is denoted

by ( )

Successive Differentiation : Successive differentiation is the process of getting the


higher order derivatives.

Problems:
1. Find of the following:
1) 2) 3)
4) 5) 6)
7) 8) 9) ( )
10)
2. If ( ) then prove that

3. If √ then prove that

4. If then prove that ( )

5. If then prove that

6. If then prove that

7. If then prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 86


Continuity and Differentiability
( )
8. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

9. If then prove that

10. If then prove that


11. If then prove that ( )
12. If then prove that ( )
13. If ( ) then prove that ( ) ( )
14. If then prove that ( )
15. If ( ) then prove that ( ) ( )
16. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

17. If ( ) then prove that & hence prove that ( )

18. If then prove that ( )

19. If then prove that

[ ( ) ]
20. If ( ) ( ) for some , prove that

, independent of

Rolle’s Theorem: Let [ ] be a function which is continuous on a closed


interval [ ] & differentiable on the open interval (a,b) such that
( ) ( ) Then there is atleast one real number ( )
such that ( )

Geometrical Explanation: If 𝑦
( ) is a continuous on a
𝑓 (𝑐)
closed interval [ ] &
differentiable on the open interval
( ) such that ( ) ( ) then 𝑓(𝑎) 𝑓(𝑏)

Rolle’s theorem says that there 𝑎 𝑐 𝑥


𝑂 𝑏
exist atleast one tangent parallel to
axis at the point
( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 87


Continuity and Differentiability
Mean Value Theorem: Let [ ] be a function which is continuous on a
closed interval [a,b] & differentiable on the open interval (a,b) then there is
( ) ( )
atleast one real number ( ) such that ( )

Geometrical Explanation: If ( ) is 𝑦
a continuous on a closed interval [ ] 𝐶 𝑜𝑟𝑑
𝑓(𝑏)
& differentiable on the open interval
( ). Let ( ( )) ( ( )) be 𝑓(𝑎)

two points on the graph of the function


( ) 𝑂 𝑎 𝑐 𝑏
𝑥

( ) ( )

Mean value of theorem says that there exist at least one tangent at ( )
which is parallel to chord AB
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )

Problems:
1. Examine if Rolle’s theorem is applicable to any of the following functions

1) ( ) ( ) [ ] 2) ( ) [ ] [ ]
3) ( ) [ ] 4) ( ) in [ ]
2. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the given function

1) [ ] 2) ( ) ( ) [ ]

3) ( ) [ ] 4) ( ) √ [ ]

5) ( ) ( ) [ ] 6) ( ) [ ]

3. Verify Mean value theorem for the following function

1) ( ) [ ] 2) ( ) in [ ]

3) ( ) √ [ ] 4) ( ) [ ]
4. If [ ] is a differentiable function and ( ) does not vanish
anywhere, then prove that ( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 88


Continuity and Differentiability
Home Work

1) Prove that the function ( ) { is continuous at

2) Discuss the continuity and discontinuity of the following functions

a. ( ) {

b. ( ) {

c. ( ) {

d. ( ) {

3) If the function ( ) { is continuous at then find

the value of K.
4) Prove that the following functions are continuous
a. ( )
b. ( )
c. ( )
5) Prove that the function ( ) is continuous for all ( )
6) Prove that the function ( ) is not differentiable at
7) Differentiate the following
1) 2) ( )

3)
8) Differentiate the following (chain Rule)
1) √ 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( )
5) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( √ )
9) 10) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 89


Continuity and Differentiability

11) ( ) 12) ( )
13) ( √ ) 14) ( )
15) ( ) 16) √ √

17) ( ) √ 18)
19) ( ) 20) √ √
9) If ( ) then prove that

10) If ( √ ) then prove that



11) Differentiate the following (Inverse Trigonometric function by substitution)
1) 2) ( )

3) ( )

12) If ( √ ) then prove that √

13) If ( √ ) then prove that √

14) If √ √ ( )then √
15) Differentiate the following (Implicit Function)
1) 2)
3) 4)
5)

16) If √ √ √ then prove that


17) Differentiate the following (Parametric Function)
1) 2)
3) ( )
18) If then prove that at

19) If ( ) ( ) then prove that ( )



20) Differentiate [ ]

21) Differentiate [ ] [ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 90


Continuity and Differentiability
22) Differentiate the following (Logarithmic differentiation)
√ ( )
1) 2) ( )

3) ( ) 4) ( )
5)
23) If then prove that ( )

24) Find of the following:


1) 2) ( ) 3)
4) 5)
25) If then prove that

26) If ( ) ( ) then prove that


27) If then prove that ( )
28) If ( ) then prove that ( )
29) If then prove that ( )
30) Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function ( ) for [ ]
31) Verify Mean value theorem for the function ( ) in the
interval [ ] when

Assignment
1. Prove that the identity function given by ( ) is continuous at every
real number.

2. Is the function defined by ( ) { continuous at

3. Prove that the function ( ) { is discontinuous at

4. Is the function ( ) continuous at

5. ( ) { then prove that ( ) is continuous everywhere.

6. Examine the following function for continuity

1) ( ) 2) ( ) {

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 91


Continuity and Differentiability
7. Find the value of if the following functions are continuous

1) ( ) { 2) ( ) {

( )
3) ( ) { 4) ( ) {

5) ( ) {

8. Find the relation between if the function ( ) { is

continuous at
9. Show that the function ( ) [ ] is discontinuous at all integral points.
Where [ ] is a greatest integer function.
( )
10. If then find

11. If ( √ ) then prove that ( )( )

12. If then find


( √ )
13. If then prove that ( )

14. If ( √ ) then find

15. If [√ ( )] then prove that


16. If then find


17. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

18. If ( ) ( ) then prove that


19. If then find
20. If then prove that at
21. If then prove that
22. If then find
23. If then find
( )
24. If then prove that )
((

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 92


Continuity and Differentiability

25. If then prove that

26. If ( √ ) then prove that ( )


27. If ( ) then prove that ( )
28. If ( ) then find ( )
Additional Problems

1. If √ then show that


2. If [ ] then show that

3. If ( ) ( ) then find at ( )

4. If [√ ( )] prove that ( )

5. If ( √ ) Prove that ( )( )

6. If ( ) then prove that


( )
7. If ( ) then prove that

8. If ( ) then show that


( )
9. If then prove that

10. If then prove that

11. If then prove that

12. If ( ) ( ) then find at

13. If √ ( ) then prove that

14. If then show that ( )

15. If then prove that ( )

16. If then prove that ( )

17. If ( ) ( ) then prove that



18. If ( ) ( ) then prove that ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 93


Continuity and Differentiability

19. If ( ) ( ) then find


20. If then prove that ( )
21. If ( ) then prove that ( )
22. If ( ) then prove that ( )
23. If then prove that ( ) ( )
24. If ( ) then prove that
25. If ( √ ) then prove that ( )

26. If then prove that ( )

Exemplar Problems
1. Discuss the continuity of the function ( )

2. Show that ( ) { is discontinuous at

3. Let ( ) , for what value of , is continuous at



{√ √
( )
4. If ( ) then prove that
( )

5. If then prove that


6. If ( √ √ √ ) then prove that
√ √

( )( )( )
7. If then prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 94


Application of Differentiation

Application of Differentiation
Rate Measure
Definition: If is a differentiable function then is called rate of change
( )
of with respect to & is called rate of change of with respect to .
Velocity: Rate of change of displacement with respect to time is called
velocity .

Acceleration: Rate of change of velocity with respect to time is called


acceleration
( )

Problems:
1. If displacement in meters and time in seconds is given by
i) then find the velocity and acceleration when

ii) then find velocity when acceleration vanishes.


iii) then find velocity when acceleration is
2. A stone is thrown up vertically and the height reached by it in time
is given by . Find the time for the stone to reach its
maximum height. Also, find the maximum height reached by the stone.
3. A particle moves along the curve then find the points on the
curve at which the – co-ordinate is changing times as fast as the
- co-ordinate.
Note:
 Circle:
Diameter , Area and Circumference Where
is the radius of the circle.
 Square:
Area , Perimeter , Where is the side of the square.
 Rectangle:
Area , Perimeter , Where is the length and is
the breadth of the rectangle.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 95
Application of Differentiation
 Equilateral triangle:

Area , and Perimeter where is the side of the
triangle.
 Cube:
Surface area , Volume , Where is the side of the cube.
 Sphere:
Surface area , Volume , Where is the radius of
the sphere.
 Cone:
Lateral surface area (L.S.A) , Total surface area(T.S.A)
Volume , Where is the radius, is the height and is the
slant height of the cone.
 Cylinder:
Lateral surface area (L.S.A) , Total surface area(T.S.A)
Volume , Where is the base radius, is the height of the
cylinder.
4. The radius of a circle is increasing uniformly at the rate of . Find the
rate at which the area and circumference of the circle is increasing when the
radius is 10cm.
5. A stone is dropped into a quiet lake and waves move in circles at a speed of
5cm per second. At the instant, when the radius of the circular wave is 8 cm,
how fast is the enclosed area increasing?
6. A circular disc of radius 3cms is being heated. Due to expansion, its radius
increases at the rate of cm/s. Find the rate at which its area and
circumference is increasing when radius is cms.
7. Find the rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to its radius r when

8. Find the rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to its radius r when

9. A square plate expands uniformly, the side increasing at the rate of cm/s.
What is the rate at which the area and perimeter is increasing when the side is

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 96


Application of Differentiation
10. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 5 cm/minute and the
width y is increasing at the rate of 4 cm/minute. When x = 8cm and y = 6cm,
find the rates of change of (a) the perimeter, and (b) the area of the rectangle.
11. The side of an equilateral triangle is increasing at the rate of 2cm/sec. How
fast is its area increasing when the sides are 10cm?
12. The volume of a cube is increasing at the rate of 8cm 3/s. How fast is the
surface area increasing when the length of an edge is 12 cm?
13. The volume of a cube increases at a constant rate. Prove that the increase in
its surface area varies inversely as the length of the side.
14. A balloon, which always remains spherical, is being inflated by pumping in 900
cubic centimetres of air per second. Find the rate at which the radius of the
balloon increases when the radius is 15 cm and also find the rate of increases
of its surface area.
15. If a spherical ball of salt is dissolving in water in such a way that the rate of
decrease of the volume at any instant is proportional to the surface area then
prove that the radius is decreasing at a rate of constant area.
16. A balloon, which always remains spherical, has a variable diameter .
Find the rate of change of its volume with respect to .
17. A cylindrical tank of radius 10m is being filled with water at the rate of
per hour then at what rate is the depth of the water increasing?
18. Sand is poured from a pipe at the rate of 12 . The falling of sand forms a
cone on the ground in such a way that the height of the cone is always 1/6 th of
base radius. How fast is the height of the sand cone increasing when the
height is 4cm?
19. Water is dripping out at a steady rate of 1cc/s through a tiny hole at the vertex
of the conical vessel, whose axis is vertical. When the slant height of water in
the vessel is 4cms find the rate of decrease of slant height when the semi
vertical angle of cone is
20. A water tank has the shape of a right circular cone with its axis vertical and
vertex lower most. Its semi-vertical angle is Water is poured into
it at a constant rate of then find the rate at which the level of
the water is raising when the depth of the water in the tank is 4cms?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 97


Application of Differentiation
21. Water is dripping out from a conical funnel of semi-vertical angle at the
uniform rate of in the surface area, through a tiny hole at the vertex
of the bottom. When the slant height of cone is 4 cms find the rate of
decrease of the slant height of water?
22. A ladder 5m long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is move
away from the wall at the rate of How fast is its height on the wall
decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 4m away from the wall?
23. A ladder 10m long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is move
away from the wall at the rate of How fast is its height on the wall
decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 8m away from the wall?
24. A man of height 2m walks at a uniform speed of 5km/h away from a source of
light which is 6mts above the ground level then find the rate at which the
length of the shadow and tip of the shadow increases?
25. A man 6 feet tall moves away from a source of light which is 20feet above the
ground level and his rate of walking away from the source of light is 4 miles
/hour then find the rate at which length of a shadow and tip of shadow
changes?
26. The two equal sides of an isosceles triangle with fixed base ‘b’ are decreasing
at the rate of . How fast is the area decreasing when the two equal
sides are equal to the base?

Derivatives in Economics
Marginal Cost (MC): If is the cost of the production of number of products
then rate of change of cost with respect to number of products is called marginal
cost. i.e., .

Marginal Revenue (MR): If is the revenue obtained by selling number of


products then rate of change of revenue with respect to number of products is
called “marginal revenue” i.e,.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 98


Application of Differentiation
Problems:
1) The total cost in rupees associated with the production of units is given
by then find the marginal cost
when 17 units are produced.
2) The total cost in rupees associated with the production of units is given
by then find the marginal cost when
3 units are produced.
3) The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units is given by
Then find the marginal revenue when
4) The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units of products is
given by then find the marginal revenue when

Approximations :
Note: 1)
2)
3)
Theorem: If be the differentiable function then
where ( )

Proof: If be the differentiable function then

( )

If we approximate to then the error is

We call this error as differential of and it is denoted as ( )


Now, From (1) ,

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 99


Application of Differentiation
Problems
1) Using differentials find the approximate value of the following
1) √ 2) √ 3) √ 4) √

5) 6) 7) 8)

9) 10) ( ) 11) 12)


2) Find the approximate value of where
3) Find the approximate value of where
4) Find the approximate change in the volume of a cube of side m caused by
increasing the side by 1%.
5) Find the approximate change in the surface area of a cube of side m caused
by decreasing the side by 1%.
6) Find the approximate change in the volume of cube a side x m caused by
increasing the side by 2%.
7) If the radius of a sphere is measured as 9cm with an error of 0.03cms then find
the approximate error in calculating its volume.
8) If the radius of the sphere is measured as 7m with an error of 0.02ms then find
the approximate error in calculating its volume.
9) The radius r of a circle increases from 10cm to 10.01cm then find the
approximate change in the area of the circle.

Tangent and Normal 𝑦


Let be the differentiable function.
A line touches the curve at only one 𝑄
point (P) is called tangent
𝑃
A line perpendicular to the tangent at the 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑙

point P is called normal. 𝑥


𝑂

Note: limiting point of the secant PQ is called tangent.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 100


Application of Differentiation
Geometrical Meaning of Differentiation.
Theorem: If is the differentiable function then at the point is the

slope of the tangent to at 𝑦

Proof: Let be the


differentiable function. Let 𝑄(𝑥 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝑥 )
( ) be any point on the
curve and [ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑥
] be the point on the 𝑂
curve such that PQ is the secant.
Now slope of the secant slope of the secant

If and secant tangent

slope of tangent at P
If is the differentiable function at the point then slope of the
tangent at the point P is .
Note:
1. Slope of any line parallel to x-axis (perpendicular to y-axis) is zero.
2. Slope of any line perpendicular to x-axis (parallel to y-axis) is infinity
3. If two lines are parallel then there slopes are equal and conversely. i.e. If
and are the slope of two line which are parallel to each other then

4. If two lines are perpendicular then the product of their slopes is and
conversely. i.e. If and are the slope of two line which are
perpendicular to each other then
5. Slope of the line joining the points and is given by

6. Slope of the line


7. Equation of any line parallel to is of the form

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 101


Application of Differentiation
8. Equation of the line perpendicular to line is of the form

9. Equation of the line in two point form: - The equation of the line joining the
points and is given by
10. Equation of the line in slope point form:- The equation of the line whose
slope is m and passing through is given by
11. Equation of the line in slope intercept form:- The equation of the line whose
slope is m and making an intercept “c” on y-axis is given by
12. Equation of the line in intercept form:- The equation of the line which makes
intercepts a & b on the x-axis and y-axis respectively is given by

Problems
1. Find the slope of the tangent and normal to the following curves at the given
points.
1) 2)
3) 4)
5)
6)
7) at the point
2. Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the given curve at the
indicated point.
1) 2)
3)
4)
3. Prove that equation of the tangent to the curve is

4. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve at


the point where
5. Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the curve
at the point where it crosses the
6. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve at the point
where it crosses the

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 102


Application of Differentiation

7. Find the equation of tangent to curve at the point where the


curve crosses y – axis.
8. Find the points on the curve which tangents are
parallel to
9. Find the points on the curve where the tangent are parallel to x axis given
equation of the curve is
10. Find the points on the curve at which tangents are
horizontal.
11. Find the point on the curve at which tangent makes an angle of
with the positive x axis.
12. Find the point at which the tangent to the curve √ has its
slope
13. Find the point on the curve at which the tangent is parallel to
the chord joining the points
14. Find the points on the curve at which the slope of the tangents is
equal to co – ordinate of the points.
15. Find the point at which the line is a tangent to the curve

16. Find the equation of the normals to the curve which are
parallel to the line
17. Find the equations of all lines having slope 2 and being tangent to the
.
18. Find the equation of all line having slope 0 which is tangent to the curve
.
19. Find the equations of all lines having slope which are tangents to the
curve where
20. Find the equation of normal to the curve passing through the point

21. If the line is a tangent to the curve then find ‘m’.


22. If is a tangent to the curve then find ‘a’
and ‘b’.

Note: If are the slopes of two lines then acute angle between the
two lines is given by | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 103


Application of Differentiation
Angle between two curves
Angle between two curves at the point of intersection is same as the angle
between two tangents at that point.
If is the acute angle between two curves then angle between two curves
is given by, | | where is the slope of the tangent to the 1st curve
and is the slope of the tangent to the 2nd curve.

Note:
1. If then Angle between two curves is
0 2 curves touch eachother.
2. If then angle between two curves
is 2 curves cuts orthogonally.

Problems
1. Find the acute angle between the following curves at the given point.
1)
2)
2. Show that the curves touch each other at
3. Show that the curves and touch
each other at
4. Show that the curves and cuts orthogonally at
5. Show that the ellipse and the hyperbola cuts
orthogonally at
6. If the parabola and the hyperbola cuts orthogonally then
prove that
7. If the parabola and the hyperbola cuts orthogonally then
Prove that
8. If the curves and cuts each other orthogonally then
prove that
9. If the curve and cuts orthogonally then prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 104


Application of Differentiation
Increasing Function
Let be a function and is continuous in the interval [ ] then for
[ ]
is increasing, if
is strictly increasing,
𝑦 𝑦
𝑦 𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥

𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥

𝑥 𝑥
𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥

𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑙𝑦 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛

Theorem : Let a function is continuous in [ ] and differentiable in


(a,b) and for all then f is strictly increasing.

Proof: Let a function is continuous in [ ] and differentiable in (a,b)


Let [ ]

From Mean value theorem, there exist such that

[ ]
W.k.t.
Given
From (1)

From (2) and (3)

Decreasing Function
Let be a function and is continuous in the interval [ ] then for
[ ]
is decreasing, if
is strictly decreasing,

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 105


Application of Differentiation
𝑦

𝑦 𝑓 𝑥 𝑦
𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
𝑓 𝑥

𝑓 𝑥
𝑓 𝑥
𝑥
𝑂 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
𝑂 𝑥 𝑥
𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑙𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑑𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛

Theorem : Let a function is continuous in [ ] and differentiable in


(a,b) and for all then f is strictly decreasing.

Proof: Let a function is continuous in [ ] and differentiable in (a,b)


Let [ ]

From Mean value theorem, there exist such that

[ ]
W.k.t.
Given
From (1)

From (2) and (3)

Note: 1) Let a function is continuous in [ ] and differentiable in (a,b)


i) If for all then is strictly increasing
ii) If for all then is strictly decreasing
2) Critical Point: If a function is continuous in [ ] and
differentiable in (a,b) and where
then is called critical point of the function.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 106


Application of Differentiation
3) If is increasing in and decreasing in then is neither
increasing nor decreasing in

𝑦 𝑓 𝑥

𝑥
𝑂 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑

Problems:
1. Show that the function given by
a. is strictly increasing on R
b. is strictly increasing on R
c. is strictly increasing on its domain
d. is strictly increasing on R
e. is strictly increasing on R
f. is strictly increasing on R
2. Show that the function
a) Strictly increasing in ( ) b) Strictly decreasing in ( )
c) Neither increasing nor decreasing in
3. Show that the function
a) Strictly decreasing in b) Strictly increasing in
c) Neither increasing nor decreasing in
4. Prove that the function is strictly increasing in ( ) and
strictly decreasing in ( )
5. Prove that the function is strictly decreasing on ( ) and
strictly increasing on ( )
6. Show that the function is strictly
increasing function in ( )
7. Prove that if where is an increasing function of
throughout its domain.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 107


Application of Differentiation

8. Prove that is strictly decreasing on ( )


9. Let be any interval disjoint from [ ] Prove that the function
is strictly increasing on .
10. Find the intervals in which the following functions are strictly increasing or
strictly decreasing.
1) 2)
3) 4)
5) 6)
11. Find the intervals in which the function given by
is strictly increasing or strictly
decreasing?
12. Find the intervals in which the function given by
[ ] a) increasing , b) decreasing
13. Find the interval in given the function where
[ ] is increasing or decreasing.

Maxima and Minima


Maximum:
𝑦
Let be the function defined in the
interval , then is said to have a 𝑓 𝑐
𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
maximum value in the interval if
there exists such that
Where is called the
𝑎 𝑥
maximum value of the function and 𝑂 𝑐 𝑏

‘c’ is called point of maximum.

Local Maxima: (Relatively Maxima)


Let be the function defined in the interval , then is said to
have a local maximum value in the interval if there exists such
that Where is called the local
maximum value of the function and ‘c’ is called point of local maxima.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 108


Application of Differentiation

𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
𝑓 𝑐

𝑥
𝑂 𝑎𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑏

Note: If the function has a local maximum at then changes its


sign from – 𝑦
Proof:
Let the function has a local
maximum at then the function
is increasing for all and the
is decreasing . 𝑎 𝑥
𝑂 𝑐 𝑏

changes its sign from –


Minimum:
𝑦
Let be the function defined in the
interval , then is said to have a
𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
minimum value in the interval if
there exists such that
𝑓 𝑐
Where is called the
𝑎 𝑥
minimum value of the function and ‘c’ 𝑂 𝑐 𝑏

is called point of minimum.

Local Minima: (Relatively Minima)


Let be the function defined in the interval , then is said to
have a local minimum value in the interval if there exists such
that Where is called the local
minimum value of the function and ‘c’ is called point of local minima.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 109


Application of Differentiation

𝑦 𝑓 𝑥

𝑓 𝑐

𝑥
𝑂 𝑎 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑏

Note: If the function has a local minimum at then changes its


sign from

Proof:
Let the function has a local minimum
at then the function is 𝑦
decreasing for all and the is
increasing .

𝑎 𝑥
𝑂 𝑐 𝑏
changes its sign from

First Derivative test for Local Maxima or Minima.


Theorem: Let be a function defined in an open interval . Let
be any point. If has local maxima or local minima at the point C
then
Proof: 𝑦

𝑓 𝑐

𝑥
𝑂 𝑎 𝑐
𝑏

Let has local maxima or local minima at the point ‘C’ then there exists a
tangent at C which is parallel to x- axis.
Slope of tangent at
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 110
Application of Differentiation
Second derivative test for local maxima or local minima.
Theorem: Let f be a function defined in interval and Let
be twice differentiative at the point ‘C’ then
i) if then has local maximum at
ii) if

Proof :
i) Let f be a function defined in interval and such that
&
We shall prove that, has local maximum at .
Given : is decreasing
Now, decreasing changes its sign from to –
has local maxima.
ii) Let f be a function defined in interval and such that
&
We shall prove that, has local minimum at .
Given : is increasing
Now, increasing changes its sign from to
has local minima.
Working Rule to find Local Maxima or Local Minima
Step – 1: Solve to find the critical point, let ‘ ’ be the critical point.
Step – 2: Find and determine the sign of
a) If then it has local maximum at
b) If then it has local minimum at
Step – 3: If then determine the sign change in
a) If changes its sign from – then has local
maximum at .
b) If changes its sign from then has local
minimum at .
c) If does not changes its sign then is neither have maximum
nor minimum at c.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 111


Application of Differentiation
Problems:
Note: 1) If | | then maximum value of does not exist and
minimum value of is
2) If | | then maximum value of is and minimum
value of does not exist
1. Find the maximum and minimum value if any the following function given
by
1) | | 2) | |
3) | | 4) | |
5) 6)
7) 8)
9) 10)
11)
2. Find the local maximum and local minimum value if any of the following
function.
1) 2)
3. Prove that the function √ has maximum value

4. Prove that the function has maximum value at


5. It is given that at the function attains its
maximum value in the interval (0,2) then find the value of ‘a’.
6. The sum of two numbers is 24 then find the numbers and their product
when the product is maximum.
7. The sum of two numbers is 30 then prove that the numbers must be equal
if the sum of the squares of the numbers is minimum.
8. Find the two positive numbers whose sum is 16 and sum of whose cubes is
minimum.
9. Find the two positive numbers x and y such that their sum is 60 and the
product is is maximum.
10. Find the shortest distance of the point from the parabola
where .
11. Find the point on the curve which is nearest to the point

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 112


Application of Differentiation
12. The sum of the perimeter of a circle and square is , where is a constant.
Prove that the sum of there areas is least when the side of square is
double the radius of the circle.
13. A rectangular sheet of tin by is to be made into a box without
top, by cutting off square from each corner and folding up the flaps. What
should be the side of the square to be cut off so that the volume of the box
is maximum.
14. A square piece of tin is to be made into a box without top, by cutting
a square from each corner and folding up the flaps to form a box. What
should be the side of the square to be cut off so that the volume of the box
is maximum.
15. Show that among all rectangles inscribed in a given fixed circle, the square
has the maximum area.
16. Show that the right circular cylinder of given surface area and volume is
maximum is such that its height is equal to the diameter of the base.

Absolute Maximum:
Let be the function defined in the interval [ ], then is said to
have a absolute maximum value in the interval [ ] if there exists [ ] such
that [ ]

Absolute Minimum:
Let be the function defined in the interval [ ], then is said to
have a absolute minimum value in the interval [ ] if there exists [ ] such
that [ ]

Working Rule to find Absolute Maximum or Absolute Minimum


Let be the function defined in the interval [ ]
Step – 1: Solve to find the critical point, let ‘ ’ be the critical point.
Step – 2: Find the value of
Step – 3: The highest value among is the absolute maximum
value of the function and the lowest value among is the
absolute minimum value of the function.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 113


Application of Differentiation
Problems:
1) Find the absolute maximum and absolute minimum value of the following
functions:
1) [ ]
2) [ ]
3) [ ]
4) – in the interval [1, 5]
5) [ ]

Assignment
1) If displacement in meters and time in seconds is given by
then find velocity and acceleration when

2) When breaks are applied to a moving car, the car travels a distance in
given by . When does the car stop?
3) A stone is dropped into a quiet lake and waves move in circles at a speed of
4cm per second. At the instant, when the radius of the circular wave is
10 cm, how fast is the enclosed area increasing?
4) If a ball is thrown vertically upwards and the height reached in time is
given by then find the total distance travelled by the ball.
5) A car starts from a point at time and stops at point . The
distance covered by it in is given by ( ).
Find the time taken by it to reach and also find distance between

6) The diameter of a circular plate is increasing at the rate of Find


the rate of change of its area and circumference of the circle when the
diameter is
7) Find the rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to its radius r
when
8) If the area of the circle increases at a uniform rate, then prove that rate of
change of perimeter varies inversely as the radius.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 114


Application of Differentiation
9) A sphere increases its volume at the rate of . Then find rate at which
its surface area increases when the radius is
10) The volume of a cube is increasing at a rate of 9 cubic centimetres per
second. How fast is the surface area increasing when the length of an edge is
10 centimetres?
11) A balloon, which always remains spherical, has a variable radius. Find the
rate at which its volume is increasing with the radius when the radius is 10
cm.
12) Prove that the rate of change of surface area of a sphere of radius is
proportional to When is increasing at the rate of
13) The radius of a sphere is increasing at the rate of cm/s. At what rate is the
volume of the sphere increasing when the radius is 1 cm?
14) The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 5 cm/minute and the
width y is increasing at the rate of 4cm/minute. When and
, find the rates of change of (a) the perimeter, and (b) the area of
the rectangle.
15) A cylindrical tank is 10m in diameter. Water is flowing into it at the rate of
then at what rate the height of the water raising?
16) A right circular cone has a depth of 12 cms and a base radius of 9 cms. Water
is poured into it at rate of cc/s then find the rate of raise of water level
when the depth of the water is 4 cms.
17) The ladder 24 feet long is leans against a vertical wall. The lower end is
moving away at the rate of then find the rate at which the top of
the ladder is moving downwards if its foot is 8ft from the wall and also find
the rate at which slope of the ladder decreases?
18) A right circular cone has a depth of 40cm and base radius of 15cm. Water is
poured into it at the rate of 24cc/s then find the rate of raise of water level
and rate of increase of base radius when the depth is 16 cms.?
19) Sand is poured on the ground at the rate of and forms a cone
whose height is equal to the radius of the base. At what rate is the height
increasing when the height is 1m?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 115


Application of Differentiation
20) A ladder 13ft long loans against a vertical wall the lower end of the ladder is
moving away from the wall at the rate of then find the rate at which
top of the ladder moving downwards when the foot of the ladder is 5ft away
from the wall?
21) A rod 13ft long slides with its ends A & B on two straight lines at right angles
which meet at O. If A is moved away from O with a uniform speed of
then find the rate of change of speed of end B, when A is 5 feet from A.
22) The total revenue in Rupees received from the sale of x units of a product is
given by then find the marginal revenue, when
.
23) Using differentials find the approximate value of the following
1) √ 2) 3)
4) 5)
24) Find the approximate value of where
25) Find the approximate change in the volume of cube of side m caused by
increasing the side by 3%.
26) The radius of the circular disc is 24 cms with a maximum error in
measurement of 0.02cms. Estimate the maximum error in the calculate area
of the disc.
27) Find the slope of the tangent and normal to the following curves at the given
points.
1) at the point whose co-ordinate is 2.
2)
3)

28) Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the curve
at
29) Find the equation of normal at the point .
30) Find the equation of tangent and normal to the curve at
the point where it crosses the –
31) Find the equation of the normal at the point for the curve

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 116


Application of Differentiation
32) Prove that equation of the tangent to the curve at
is √
33) Find the points on the curve at which tangents are parallel to
axis.
34) Find the points on the curve where the tangents are parallel to given
equation of the curve is
35) Find the point on the curve at which the tangents are parallel to
x – axis.
36) Find the points on the curve where the tangents are parallel to x – axis.
Given equation of the curve is
37) Find the point on the curve where the tangent is parallel to the
line joining the points
38) Find the equation of the tangent & normal the curve at the
point where the slope of the tangent is
39) Find the equation of the tangent to the curve √ which is parallel
to the line
40) Find the equation of the tangent to the curve which is
perpendicular to the line .
41) Find the point at which the tangent to the curve is parallel
to the line .
42) Find the equations of all lines having slope -1 that are tangents to the curve
.
43) Find the equation of tangents to the curve where
that are parallel to line
44) Find the points on the curve where the normals to the curve
makes equal intercepts with the axes.
45) Find the equation of the normal to the curve whose slope is –
46) Find the equation of the tangent to the curve which is
parallel to the line
47) Show that tangents to the curve at the points where
and are parallel.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 117


Application of Differentiation
48) Find all the points on the curve at which the tangent passes
through the origin.
49) Find the angle of intersection of the curves
50) Find the angle between the curves and at the point of
intersection.
51) Find the acute angle between the following curves at the given point.
1)
2)
52) If is the angle between two curves and at the point of
intersection in first quadrant then find | |
53) Show that the curves and √ cuts orthogonally at

54) Find the acute angle between the curves at the
intersection point.
55) Prove that the function strictly
increasing on R.
56) Show that is strictly increasing on ( )
57) Prove that the function f given by is neither increasing
nor decreasing on
58) Find the intervals in which the following functions are strictly increasing or
strictly decreasing.
1) 2)
3) 4) [ ]
59) Find the intervals in which the function ‘f’ given by is
a) increasing b) decreasing.
60) Find the interval in which the function given by
is
a) strictly increasing b) strictly decreasing
61) Prove that the function is an strictly increasing function
of in ( )
62) Find the maximum and minimum value if any the following function given by
1) | | 2)
3) 4)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 118


Application of Differentiation
63) Find the two positive numbers whose sum is 15 & the sum of whose square
is minimum.
64) Examine the function for maximum and minimum.
65) Find two positive numbers x and y such that their sum is 35 and the product
x2y5 is a maximum.
66) Show that semi-vertical angle of right circular cone of given surface area and
maximum volume is ( )
67) Prove that the volume of the largest cone that can be inscribed in a sphere of
radius is of the volume of the sphere.
68) An helicopter of enemy is flying along the curve given by . A
soilder placed at wants to shoot down the helicopter when it is nearest
to him. Find the nearest distance.
69) Let be the two vertical poles at points respectively. If
. Then find the distance of point on
from the point Such that is minimum.
70) A wire of length is to be cut into two pieces, one of the pieces is made
into square and the other into a circle. What should be the length of two
pieces so that the combined area of the square and the circle is minimum.
71) The length of three sides of trapezium other than base are equal to ,
then find the area of the trapezium when it is maximum.
72) A window is in the form of a rectangle mounted by a semicircular opening.
The total perimeter of the window is . Find the dimension of the
window to admit maximum light through the opening.
73) Of all closed cylindrical cans of a given volume of , Find the dimension
of the cylinder which has minimum surface area.
74) Show that the right circular cone of least curved surface and given volume
has an altitude equal to √ times the radius of the base.
75) Show that the semi-vertical angle of the cone of the maximum volume and
of given slant height is √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 119


Application of Differentiation
Exemplar Problems
1. For the curve , if increases at the rate of , then how
fast is the slope of curve changing when
2. If the normal to the curve at the point makes an angle with
the positive find

3. Determine for which value of , the function is increasing and


for which values, it is decreasing.
4. Find the difference between the greatest and least values of the function
on [ ]

5. If the sum of the lengths of the hypotenuse and another side of a right angled
triangle is given, show that area is maximum when the angle between them is
.
6. A tank with rectangular base and rectangular sides, open at the top is to be
constructed so that its depth is 2 m and volume is 8 m3. If building of tank
costs Rs 70 per sq metres for the base and Rs 45 per square metre for sides.
What is the cost of least expensive tank?
7. The sum of the perimeter of a circle and square is k, where k is some
constant. Prove that the sum of their areas is least when the side of square is
double the radius of the circle.
8. Show that the altitude of the right circular cone of maximum volume that can
be inscribed in a sphere of radius r is
9. The volume of a closed cylinder is given when its surface area is least prove
that he height of the cylinder is equal to the diameter of its circular base
10. Among all right angled triangle of a given hypotenuse show that the area is
greatest when it is isosceles.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 120


Application of Differentiation
Additional Problems
1. Find the point on the curve the tangent at which makes an angle
with the x axis
2. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve
3. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = 6x – x2 where the slope of the
tangent is
4. Find the angel between the curve and
at the origin.
5. If
6. A particle moves a distance in t seconds find Its velocity and
acceleration after 3 seconds
7. If find the velocity and acceleration at t = 2 seconds.
8. Prove that the function has a minimum value at
9. Find the minimum value of function

10. Show that ( ) has either a maximum or minimum


11. Show that the equation of the tangent to the curve y = 5x2 which pass through
the point (2,0) are y = 0 and 40x – y – 80 = 0.
12. The tangent to the curve at the point x = 1 ,Cuts the coordinates
axes at A and B. Find the area of the triangle AOB. Where O is the origin.
13. The tangent to the curve y = x2 – 5x + 6 at the point x = 1, intersect the x axis at
A and y axis at B. Show that the area of the triangle AOB is sq. units. Where
O is the origin.
14. The normal to the curve x2 = 4y – 12 at (2,4) cuts the coordinate axes at A and
B. Show that the area of the triangle AOB is 18 sq units.
15. Show that the curves and cut orthogonally, then
show that A – B = a - b
16. Show the condition that the curves mx2 + ny2 = 1 and ax2 + by2 = 1 intersect
orthogonally is that
17. A circular blot of ink increases in area in such a way that the radius r inches at
time t is given by What is the rate of increase of area when
t = 4?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 121


Integration
Integration
Antiderivative: If is a differentiable function then where
is called derivative of the function and is called Antiderivative of the
function.
Example: If then here is called derivative of and
is called antiderivative of
Note: If there exist one antiderivative for the function then there are infinitely
many antiderivatives.

Integration: The general form of antiderivative of the function is called integral.


The process of finding integral of a function is called integration.
Integration of with respect to is denoted as ∫

Standard Form:
1) ∫ , where

Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

Note: 1) ∫ ∫ ∫ √

2) ∫ ∫
2) ∫ | |
Proof: Let | | differentiate with respect to
| |
| |

∫ ∫ | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 122


Integration
3) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

4) ∫

Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫
5) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫
6) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫
7) ∫ | |
Proof: Let | | differentiate with respect to
| |
| |
∫ ∫ | |
Note: ∫ | |
Proof: LHS ∫ | | | | | |
| |

8) ∫ | |
Proof: Let | | differentiate with respect to
| |
| |
∫ ∫ | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 123


Integration
9) ∫ | |
Proof: Let | | differentiate with respect to
| |
| |

∫ ∫ | |
10) ∫ | |
Proof: Let | | differentiate with respect to
| |
( )
| |

∫ ∫ | |

11) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

12) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

13) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 124


Integration
14) ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

15) ∫ ( )

Proof: Let differentiate with respect to

√ √
√ ( ) √

∫√ ∫√ ( )
16) ∫ | √ |

Proof: Let | √ | differentiate with respect to


| √ |
( )
| √ | √ √

( )
√ √

( )
√ √ √ √
∫√ ∫√ | √ |

17) ∫ | √ |

Proof: Let | √ | differentiate with respect to


| √ |
( )
| √ | √ √
√ √
( ) ( )
√ √ √ √

√ √

∫√ ∫√ | √ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 125


Integration

18) ∫ ( )

Proof: Let ( ) differentiate with respect to

( )

∫ ∫ ( )

19) ∫ | |

Proof: Let | | | | | |
differentiate with respect to
| | | |
[ ] [ ]
| | | |

[ ] [ ]

∫ ∫ | |

20) ∫ | |

Proof: Let | | | | | |
differentiate with respect to
| | | |
[ ] [ ]
| | | |

[ ] [ ]

∫ ∫ | |

21) ∫ ( )

Proof: Let ( ) differentiate with respect to


√( ) √

∫ ∫ ( )
√ √ √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 126


Integration
Note:
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ | | 4) ∫ √

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫
9) ∫ | | 10) ∫ | |
11) ∫ | |
12)∫ | |
13) ∫
14) ∫
15) ∫
16) ∫

17) ∫ √

18)∫ √ | √ |

19) ∫ √ | √ |

20) ∫

21) ∫ | |

22) ∫ | |

23) ∫ √

Rules of Integration: If and are the two functions then


1. ∫ ∫
2. ∫[ ] ∫ ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 127


Integration
Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ (√ )

5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫ (√ )

7) ∫ √ 8) ∫ √
9) ∫ ( ) 10) ∫ ( )

11) ∫ ( ) 12) ∫
13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫( ) 16) ∫( )

17) ∫ ( ) 18) ∫
19) ∫( √ ) 20) ∫ [ ]
21) ∫ 22) ∫
23) ∫ 24) ∫(√ )
25) ∫(√ ) 26) ∫ ( )

27) ∫ ( ) 28) ∫ ( )

29) ∫ ( ) 30) ∫ ( )

31) ∫ ( ) 32) ∫

33) ∫ 34) ∫ ( ( ))

35) ∫ (√ ) 36) ∫ (√ )

37) ∫ (√ ) 38) ∫ (√ )

39) ∫ ( ) 40) ∫ ( )

41) ∫ ( ) 42) ∫ ( )

43) ∫ ( ) 44) ∫ ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 128


Integration
2) Find the anti-derivative of the function , where
3) Evaluate the following (Home work)
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫( )

3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫( )

5) ∫ 6) ∫ ( )
7) ∫( ) 8) ∫(√ )
9) ∫ ( ) 10) ∫

11) ∫ ( ) 12) ∫ ( )

13) ∫ ( [ ]) 14) ∫

15) ∫ (√ ) 16) ∫ (√ )

17) ∫ ( ) 18) ∫ ( )

19) ∫ ( ) 20) ∫ ( )
√ √

Generalized Standard Form:


Theorem: If ∫ ∫
Proof: Given ∫
Let differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫ 3) ∫ ( )

4) ∫ ( ) 5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫
√ √

7) ∫ 8) ∫ 9) ∫

10) ∫ 11) ∫ 12) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 129


Integration

13) ∫ 14) ∫ √
15) ∫ 16) ∫
17) ∫ 18) ∫
19) ∫ 20) ∫
21) ∫ 22) ∫
√ √

23) ∫ 24) ∫
25) ∫ 26) ∫
27) ∫ 28) ∫
29) ∫ 30) ∫
31) ∫ 32) ∫

33) ∫ 34) ∫
2) Evaluate the following (Home work)
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ ( )

5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

9) ∫ 10) ∫ √
11) ∫ 12) ∫
13) ∫ 14) ∫

15) ∫ 16) ∫
17) ∫ 18) ∫
19) ∫ 20) ∫

Definite Integral: If is a continuous function in the interval [ ] then


∫ is called definite integral and is called lower limit and is called
upper limit of the function

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 130


Integration
Theorem:
If is a continuous function in the closed interval [ ] then
∫ [ ]

where

Proof:
Given is a continuous function in the closed interval [ ],
Now divide the interval [ ] into subintervals say
[ ][ ][ ] [ ].
Let length of each subinterval is equal to
𝑦

𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
𝑅𝑛
𝑅𝑛
𝑓 𝑎𝑛

𝑅
𝑓 𝑎𝑛
𝑅
𝑅
𝑓 𝑎

𝑓 𝑎

𝑥
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛 𝑏

Now, Area of rectangle


Area of rectangle
Area of rectangle

Area of rectangle
Now, Sum of the areas of the rectangles

Sum of the areas of the rectangles [ ]

[ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 131


Integration

[ ]

[ ]

∫ [ ]

Where

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following integrals as limit of sums
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫
5) ∫ 6) ∫
7) ∫ 8) ∫
9) ∫
2) Evaluate the following integrals as limit of sums (Home work )
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫
Fundamental Theorem of Calculus: If is a continuous function in [ ] and
∫ then ∫

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4)∫
5) ∫ 6) ∫ √

7) ∫ √ 8) ∫
9) ∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ 12) ∫ √

13) ∫ 14) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 132


Integration

15) ∫ 16) ∫
17) ∫ 18) ∫

19) ∫ 20) ∫

21) ∫ 22) ∫

23) ∫ ( ) 24) ∫

25) ∫ 26) ∫

27) ∫ 28) ∫

29) ∫ ( ) 30) ∫ √

31) ∫ √ 32) ∫ √

33) ∫ √ 34) ∫

35) ∫ 36) ∫

37) ∫ 38) ∫ √

39) ∫ 40) ∫
√ √

41) ∫ 42) ∫

43) ∫ 44) ∫

45) ∫ 46) ∫ √
2) Evaluate the following : (Home work)

1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

9) ∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ 12) ∫ √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 133


Integration

13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫ 16) ∫

17) ∫ 18) ∫ √

Integration by the method of Substitution


Theorem: If ∫ then ∫ ( )
Proof: Given ∫
Now, Let , differentiate with respect to

Now, ∫ ( ) ∫ ( )

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ √ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

( )

9) ∫ √ 10) ∫

11) ∫ 12) ∫

13) ∫ 14) ∫

15) ∫ 16) ∫

17) ∫ 18)∫

19) ∫ 20) ∫

21) ∫ 22) ∫
23) ∫ √ 24)∫
25) ∫ 26) ∫ √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 134


Integration

27) ∫ 28)∫
√ √
29) ∫ 30) ∫


31) ∫ 32) ∫

33) ∫ 34) ∫


35) ∫ 36) ∫ √

37) ∫ 38) ∫

39) ∫ 40) ∫

41) ∫ √ 42) ∫

43) ∫ 44) ∫ √

45) ∫ √ 46) ∫ √

47) ∫ √ 48) ∫

49) ∫ 50) ∫

51) ∫ 52) ∫

53) ∫ 54) ∫

55) ∫ 56) ∫

57) ∫
( )
Note: 1) ∫( )

2) ∫ | |

3) ∫

2) Evaluate the following:


1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫
5) ∫ 6) ∫
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 135
Integration
7) ∫ 8) ∫
9) ∫ 10) ∫
11) ∫ 12) ∫
3) Evaluate the following(Home work)
1) ∫ 2) ∫ 3) ∫

4) ∫ 5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫ 9) ∫

10) ∫ 11) ∫ 12) ∫



( )
13) ∫ 14) ∫ 15) ∫

16) ∫ 17) ∫ 18) ∫ √

19) ∫ √ 20) ∫ 21) ∫



22) ∫ 23) ∫ 24) ∫

Integration of the form ∫ and ∫


The above two integrals can be reduced to standard form by completing


the square method.
Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫ √

5) ∫ √ 6) ∫

7) ∫ √
2) Evaluate the following(Home work)

1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 136


Integration
Integration of the form ∫ and ∫

Express the numerator where are constant


and split it into two integrals.

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ √
5) ∫ 6) ∫
√ √

7) ∫ √

2) Evaluate the following(Home work)

1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ √ 4) ∫ √

Integration by Using Partial Fraction:


Partial Fraction
 Polynomial:- An expression of the form
where and are constants is called polynomial of
degree
 Rational fraction: - The fraction of the form where and
are the polynomial of any degree is called rational fraction.
 Proper rational fraction: - The fraction of the form where and
degree of is less than degree of is called proper rational fraction.
 Improper rational fraction: - The fraction of the form where
and degree of is greater than or equal to degree of is called
improper rational fraction.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 137


Integration
 Resolving into partial fraction :- The process of expressing proper rational
fraction in terms of sum of two or more proper rational fraction is called
resolving into partial fraction
 Type 1:- When denominator contains non-repeated linear factors
Example:-
 Type 2:- When denominator contains repeated and non-repeated linear
factors
Example:-
 Type 3:- When denominator contains irreducible quadratic factors
Example:-
 Type 4:- Partial fraction of improper rational fractions: First express improper
rational fraction in terms of sum of polynomial and proper rational fraction

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

9)∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ 12) ∫

13) ∫ 14)∫

15) ∫ 16) ∫

17) ∫ 18) ∫

19) ∫ 20) ∫

21) ∫ 22) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 138


Integration

23) ∫ 24) ∫

24) ∫ 25) ∫
2) Evaluate the following(Home work)
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫
( )( )
9) ∫

Integration of the form ∫


Theorem: ∫
Proof: Let differentiate with respect to
( )

∫ ( ) ∫

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3)∫ 4) ∫
5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫

7)∫ 8)∫

9)∫ 10) ∫ [ ]

11)∫ [ ] 12) ∫

13)∫ 14)∫ ( )
2) Evaluate the following(Home work)
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ [ ]
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 139
Integration

Integration By-parts:
Theorem: If are function of then ∫ ∫
Proof: Let , differentiate with respect to

∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
Note: 1) ∫ [∫ ] ∫[ ∫ ]
2) We can choose 1st function using rule, where

Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫
5) ∫ 6) ∫
7) ∫ 8) ∫
9) ∫ 10) ∫
11) ∫ 12) ∫
13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫ 16) ∫
17)∫ 18) ∫
19)∫ 20)∫

21) ∫ 22) ∫ √ √

23)∫ 24) ∫
√ ( ( ) )
25) ∫ 26) ∫

27) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 140


Integration

2) Evaluate the following(Home work)


1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫
5) ∫ 6) ∫
7) ∫ 8) ∫ √
9) ∫ √
Integrals involving √ √ and √
If the integrated contains a term of the form
√ 2) √

Problems:
1) Prove that ∫ √
2) Prove that ∫ √ | √ |
3) Prove that ∫ √ | √ |

4) Prove that ∫ √ √

5) Prove that ∫ √ √ | √ |

6) Prove that ∫ √ √ | √ |
7) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ √ 4) ∫ √
8) Evaluate the following(Home work)
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ √

Integrals involving √ √
The first integral can be reduced to standard form of by completing the square;
for the second integrals, put and splitI
into two integrals.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 141
Integration
Problems:
1) Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ √ 4) ∫ √
5) ∫ √ 6) ∫ √
7) ∫ √ 8) ∫ √
9) ∫ √
2) Evaluate the following(Home work)
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ √

Properties of Definite Integral


Property 1 : ∫
Proof: Let ∫
Then ∫ [ ]


Property 2 : ∫ ∫
Proof : Let ∫ ∫
LHS ∫ [ ] ………….…(1)

RHS ∫ [ ] ………….…(2)

From (1) and (2) , ∫ ∫


Property 3 : ∫ ∫
Proof : Let ∫
LHS ∫ [ ] ………….…(1)

RHS ∫ [ ] [ ]
………….…(2)
From (1) and (2) , ∫ ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 142


Integration

Property 4 : ∫ ∫ ∫ where
Proof: Let ∫
LHS ∫ [ ] ………….…(1)

RHS ∫ ∫ [ ] [ ]
………….…(2)
From (1) and (2) , ∫ ∫ ∫

Problems:
Integrate the following:
1) ∫ | | 2) ∫ | |
3) ∫ | | 4) ∫ | | | | | |
5) ∫ | | 6) ∫ | |

7) ∫ | | 8) ∫ √
Property 5 : ∫ ∫
Proof : Put
If , If
Now, ∫ ∫ ∫


∫ ∫
Property 6 : ∫ ∫
Proof : Put
If , If
Now, ∫ ∫ ∫


∫ ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 143


Integration
Problems:
1) Integrate the following:

1) ∫ 2)∫
√ √

3) ∫ x 4) ∫

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

9) ∫ [ ] 10) ∫ [ ]
√ √
11) ∫ 12) ∫
√ √ √ √

13) ∫ √ 14) ∫
√ √

15) ∫ 16) ∫
√ √ √

17) ∫ 18) ∫
√ √

2) Show that ∫ ∫ if are defined as

3) Show that ∫ ∫ if
4) Prove the following:
1) ∫

2) ∫

3) ∫ ( )


Property 7 : ∫ {

Proof: First we shall prove that ∫ ∫ ∫


Consider, ∫
Put
If , If
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 144


Integration

∫ ∫
Now, ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫


∫ ∫ ∫
Case 1 :
w.k.t ∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫ ∫

∫ ∫
Case 2:
w.k.t ∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫


From case 1 and case 2

∫ {

Problems:
1) Integrate the following:

1. ∫ | | 2. ∫ √ dx

2) Prove the following:

1. ∫ 2. ∫

3. ∫ 4. ∫ ( )

Note: 1) A function is said to be even function if


2) A function is said to be even function if

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 145


Integration

Property 8 : ∫ {

Proof : First we shall prove that ∫ ∫ ∫


Consider, ∫
Put
If and if
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫ ……….(1)
Now, ∫ ∫ ∫ ……(2)
From (1) and (2) ∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫ ∫ …….(3)
Case 1: If is even
w.k.t ∫ ∫ ∫ (from 3)
∫ ∫ ∫
∫ ∫
Case 2: If is even
w.k.t ∫ ∫ ∫ (from 3)
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫

From case 1 and case 2

∫ {

Integrate the following:


1) ∫ ( ) 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫ ( )

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫

9) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 146


Integration

Assignment
1. Evaluate the following: (Standard and Generalised Standard Form)
1) ∫ 2) ∫ ( )
3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫

5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫ ( )

7) ∫ ( ) 8) ∫ ( )
9) ∫ ( ) 10) ∫
√ √
2. Evaluate ∫ as limit of sums.
3. Evaluate the following: (Definite integrals)
1) ∫ 2) ∫ (√ )

3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫
4. Evaluate the following: (Method of Substitution)
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ 4) ∫ √

5) ∫ 6) ∫ √
7) ∫ (√ ) 8) ∫

( )
9) ∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ ( ) 12) ∫
√ √

13) ∫ 14) ∫

15) ∫ 16) ∫ ( )
5. Evaluate the following: (Partial Fraction)
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 147


Integration

6. Evaluate the following:(Integration of the form )


1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ √ 4) ∫ √
7. Evaluate the following:(Integration of the form )

1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ √
8. Evaluate the following: (Integration of the form ∫ ( )
1) ∫ ( ) 2) ∫ ( )

3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫ ( )
9. Evaluate the following: (By-Parts)
1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ √
5) ∫ 6) ∫
10. Evaluate the following (Form √ √ )
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫ √
3) ∫ √ 4) ∫ √
5) ∫ √ 6) ∫ √

Exemplar Problems
1. If ∫ (√ ) and then find the value of .
2. Evaluate the following
1) ∫ 2) ∫ √ √
( )( )
3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ √ 6) ∫ √
√ √
7) ∫ 8) ∫
√ √
9) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 148


Integration
Additional Problems
Evaluate the Following:

1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ 4) ∫ √

5) ∫ dx 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫ √

9) ∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ 12) ∫
13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫ 16) ∫
17) ∫ 18) ∫ √

19) ∫ 20) ∫ ⁄

21) ∫ 22) ∫

23) ∫ 24) ∫

25) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 149


Application of Integration
Application of Integration

Area Under Simple Curves:


1) If be the continuous function and over a closed interval
[ ] then area bounded by the region , lines and the
is given by ∫ ∫ (Shown in Fig 1)
2) If be the continuous function and over a closed interval
[ ] then area bounded by the region , lines and the
is given by ∫ ∫ (Shown in Fig 2)

𝑦
𝑦 𝑏
𝑦 𝑓 𝑥 𝑏
𝑎

𝑥 𝑓 𝑦
𝑏

𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎
𝑥

𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎
𝑥

𝑎
𝑦 𝑎
𝑥 𝑥
𝑎 𝑏
𝐹𝑖𝑔
𝐹𝑖𝑔

Problems:
1) Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
and the in the first quadrant.
2) Find the area of the region bounded by and the
in the first quadrant.
3) Find the area of the region lying in the first quadrant and bounded by
.
4) Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line

5) Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
.
6) Find the area of the parabola bounded by its latus rectum.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 150


Application of Integration
7) Find the area of the region bounded by the curve between
and
8) Find the area enclosed by the circle
9) Find the area enclosed by the circle
10) Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .

11) Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .

12) Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .


13) Find the area of the smallest part of the circle cutoff by the
line

14) Prove that the area bounded by the ellipse and the ordinate
and , is [ √ ]
15) If the area between is divided into two equal parts by the
line then find
16) Find the area of the region bounded by the line , the
and the ordinates

Area Between Two Curves:


1) Area bounded by the region and the lines is
given by ∫ [ ] 𝑦
𝐶 𝑦 𝑔 𝑥
Proof:
𝐷
𝐵 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎
𝑦 𝑓 𝑥
𝑎

𝐹
𝑥

𝐴 𝐸
𝑥
𝑎 𝑏

Now, Area of the region ∫


Now, Area of the region ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 151


Application of Integration
Now, Required area

Area between the two curves ∫ [ ]


2) Area bounded by the region and the lines is
given by ∫ [ ]

Proof: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑓 𝑦
𝐵
𝐴
𝑏 𝑦 𝑏

𝐹 𝐶

𝐸
𝑎 𝑦 𝑎
𝐷 𝑥 𝑔 𝑦
𝑥

Now, Area of the region ∫


Now, Area of the region ∫
Now, Required area

Area between the two curves ∫ [ ]

Problems:
1) Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola and the line
.
2) Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola and | |
3) Find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the ,
the line and the circle
4) Find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the ,
the line √ and the circle
5) Find the area of the region bounded by the parabolas and .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 152


Application of Integration
6) If is the part of the ellipse in the first quadrant such
that . Find the area between the arc AB and the chord
AB.
7) Find the area of the smaller region bounded by the ellipse and
the line
8) Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle
whose vertices are .
9) Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle
whose vertices are .
10) Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle
whose sides have the equation
11) Prove that the curve divides the area of the square
bounded by and into three equal parts.
12) Find the area of the circle which is interior to the parabola

13) Find the area bounded by the curve | | | |


14) Find the area bounded between the circles and

15) Find the area lying above the and included between the circle
and inside of the parabola
16) Find the area of the region bounded by the curve , ,
and .
17) Find the area of the region
{ }

Assignment
1) Find the area of the region bounded by and the x-
axis in the first quadrant.
2) Find the area of the region bounded by and the

3) Find the area bounded by the curve between and

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 153


Application of Integration
4) Find the area enclosed by the circle
5) Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .
6) Find the area of the region enclosed by the parabola , the line
and the .
7) Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle
whose vertices are .
8) Find the area bounded between the circles and

9) Find the area of the smaller region bounded by the ellipse and
the line

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 154


Differential Equations

Differential Equations
Definition: An equation containing differentials of variable is called differential
equations.
Example: 1) , 2) ( ) 3)
Where is called differential of and is called differential of

Order and degree of a differential equation:


Order: Order of a differential equation is the order of the highest order
derivative occurring in the differential equation.
Degree: Degree of a differential equation is defined if it is a polynomial
equation in its derivatives. Degree (when defined) of a differential equation is the
highest power (positive integer only) of the highest order derivative in it.

Note: 1) Order and degree of the differential equation are always positive
integer.
2) Degree of the differential equation exist if and only if the differential
equation is a polynomial

Problems:
1) Find the order and degree of the following differential equations:

1) 2) ( ) ( ) ( )

3) 4) ( ) ( ) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) ( )

7) 8) ( )

9) ( ) 10) ( ) ( )
11) 12)
13) ( ) 14)

15) [ ( ) ] ( ) 16) ( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 155


Differential Equations
2) Find the order and degree of the following differential equations:

1) ( ) ( ) 2)

3) ( ) 4)
5)

Formation of differential equation: To form a differential equation from a given


function we differentiate the function successively as many times as the number
of arbitrary constants in the given function and then eliminate the arbitrary
constants.

Formation of first order differential equation:


Let ( ) ( ) be the given equation where is the arbitrary
constant.
Step 1: Differentiate the equation ( ) with respect to then we get the new
equation which contains and
Let ( ) ( ) be the obtained equation
Step 2: If then ( ) is the required differential equation
Step 3: If then find the value of from equation ( ) and substitute in
( ) then we get the required differential equation.
Note: If the differential equation has arbitrary constant then the order of
differential equation is

Problems:
1) Form a differential equations representing the family of curves by eliminating
the arbitrary constant:
1) 2)
3) 4) ( )
5) ( ) 6) ( )
7) 8) ( )
2) Form the differential equation representing the family of straight line passes
through the origin.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 156


Differential Equations
3) Form the differential equation of family of straight lines whose slope and
are equal.
4) Form the differential equation of the family of circles touching the
at origin
5) Form the differential equation of family of circles touching at origin.
6) Form the differential equation of the family of circles having centre on
and radius units.
7) Form the differential equation of the family of parabola having vertex at
origin and axis along positive direction of x-axis.
8) Form the differential equation of the family of parabola having vertex at
origin and axis along positive direction of y-axis.
9) Form the differential equation of the family of ellipse having centre at origin
and foci on x-axis.
10) Form the differential equation of the family of ellipse having centre at origin
and foci on y-axis.
11) Form the differential equation of the family of hyperbola having centre at
origin and foci on x-axis.

Solution of differential equation: Equation which satisfies the differential


equation is called solution of differential equation.
1) Verify the given function are the solution of differential equation:
1) given differential equation
2) given differential equation
3) given differential equation
4) √ given differential equation
5) , given differential equation √
6) , given differential equation
7) , given differential equation
8) √ , given differential equation

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 157


Differential Equations
2) Verify the given function are the solution of differential equation
(Homework)
1) given differential equation
2) given differential equation
3) , given differential equation
4) , given differential equation

General and Particular Solution of a Differential Equation:


General Solution: Solution of differential equation with arbitrary constants is
called general solution of a differential equation.
Particular solution: Solution of differential equation without arbitrary constants is
called particular solution of a differential equation.

Solution of First order differential equation by variable separable form:


The differential equation is said to be in Variable
separable form if is the function of and n is the function of . The general
solution is ∫ ∫ , where is arbitrary constant.

Problems:
1. Find the general solution of the following differential equations

1) 2)

3) 4)

5) √ 6) √

7)
8)
9) ( ) ( ) 10)

11) 12) ( )( )
13)
14) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 158


Differential Equations
2. Find the particular solution of the following differential equation satisfying
the given condition:
1)
2) ( )
3)
4) ( )

5) ( )
6) ( )
3. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point ( ) whose
differential equation is ( )
4. Find the equation of the curve passing through a point ( ) given that
the slope of the tangent to the curve at ( ) is
5. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point ( ) whose
differential equation is
6. For the differential equation ( )( ), find the solution of
the curve passing through the point ( )
7. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, –2) given that at
any point (x, y) on the curve, the product of the slope of its tangent and y
coordinate of the point is equal to the x coordinate of the point.
8. At any point (x, y) of a curve, the slope of the tangent is twice the slope of
the line segment joining the point of contact to the point (– 4, –3). Find the
equation of the curve passing through ( )
9. The volume of spherical balloon being inflated changes at a constant rate. If
initially its radius is 3 units and after 3 seconds it is 6 units. Find the radius
of balloon after t seconds.
10. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of 5% per year. In
home many years doubles.
11. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of 5% per year. An
amount of Rs 1000 is deposited with this bank, how much will it worth after
10 years ( = 1.648).
12. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of r% per year. Find
the value of r if Rs 100 double itself in 10 years (loge2 = 0.6931).

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 159


Differential Equations

Homogenous Equation:
A function ( ) is said to be homogenous equation of degree if
( ) ( )
Note: If ( ) is the homogeneous equation then ( ) ( ) ( )

Homogenous Differential Equation:


A differential equation ( ) is said to be homogenous differential
equation if ( ) is homogenous equation.

Solution of Homogenous Differential Equation:


If the homogeneous differential equation is in the form ( )
where, F (x, y) is homogenous function of degree zero, then we make substitution
i.e.,
Then the given homogenous differential equation is reduced to variable
separable form.

Problems:
1. Verify whether the following differential equations are homogeneous or not.
1) ( ) ( )
2) ( )

3)
4) ( )
5) ( ) ( )
6) ( ) ( )
7) ) ( )
2. Find the general solution of the following differential equations.
1) 2) ( )
3) ( ) ( ) 4) ( ) ( )
5) 6) ( )

7) ( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 160


Differential Equations

8) √
9) ( )

10) ( )

11) ( ) ( )

3. Show that the family of curves for which the slope of the tangent at any

point ( ) on it is is given by

4. Find the particulars solutions of the following differential equation


satisfying the given condition.
1) ( ) ( ) given
2) ( ) given that
3) ( )

4) ( )

5) [ ( ) ]

6) ( ) given

Linear Differential Equation:


Linear Differential Equation in : A differential equation of the from
where, P and Q are constants or functions of x only, is known as a first order linear
differential equation in .
Example :

To solve a first order linear differential equation in :


Let ( ) be the linear differential equation in
Multiply both sides of the equation by a function of x say g (x) to get
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Choose g (x) in such a way that R.H.S. becomes a derivative of y . g (x).

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 161


Differential Equations
( ( ))
i.e. ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
Integrating both sides with respect to x, we get
( )
∫ ∫ ∫ ( ( ))
( )

( ) ∫ ( )
From equation ( ) ( ) we get
( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ∫ ∫

( ∫ )
∫ ( ∫ ) ∫

∫ ∫

∫ ∫
General Solution of equation (1) is ∫

Note: ∫ is called integrating factor of the differential equation in

Steps to Solve Differential Equation in :


Step 1: Reduce the given differential equation in the form where P
and Q are constants or functions of x only
Step 2: Find the integrating factor (I.F). i.e. ∫

Step 3: write the general solution ( ) ∫ ( ) and solve

Linear Differential Equation in : A differential equation of the from


where, P and Q are constants or functions of y only, is known as a first order linear
differential equation in .
Example:

is ( ) ( ) ∫
General solution of ∫ where

Note: 1) A differential equation where are function of is


called linear differential equation in , The general solution of differential
equation is ( ) ∫
∫ ( ) where .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 162


Differential Equations

2) A differential equation where are function of is called


linear differential equation in , The general solution of differential equation is
( ) ∫
∫ ( ) where .

Problems:
1. Find the general solution of the following differential equations
1) 2) ( )

3) 4)

5) 6)

7) ( ) 8)

9) 10)
11) ( ) 12) ( )
13) 14) ( )

15) ( ) 16) ( )
17) ( ) ( )
2. Find the general solution of the following differential equations (Homework)
1) 2) ( )

3) 4) ( )
3. Find the particular solution of the following differential equation satisfying
the given condition:
1)

2)

3)

4)

5) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 163


Differential Equations
4. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point ( ). If the slope of
the tangent to the curve at any point ( ) is equal to the sum of the
coordinate and product of co-ordinates.
5. Find the equation of a curve passing through the origin given that the slope
of the tangent to the curve at any point ( ) is equal to the sum of the
coordinates of the point.
6. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, 2) given that the
sum of the coordinates of any point on the curve exceeds the magnitude of
the slope of the tangent to the curve at that point by 5.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 164


Vectors
Vectors
Scalars:- A physical quantity having magnitude only is called scalar.
Example: Distance, length, mass, volume, area, etc…
Vectors:- A physical quantity having both magnitude & direction is called vectors.
Example: Displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, momentum, etc….
Notation and representation of vectors:
The vectors are usually denoted by a single letter with an arrow head. i.e.
⃗ ⃗⃗ the magnitude of the vector ⃗ is denoted by |⃗ |.
Geometrical representation of vectors : 𝐵

The vectors are usually represented by the directed line segment. ⃗


Consider a vector ⃗ , this vector can be represented
by a line segment and it is denoted by ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
The point is called ‘ initial point’ and the point is 𝐴
called the ‘ terminal point ’ of the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
The direction of the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is from to and the magnitude of the
vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is the length of the line segment .

Types of Vectors:
1. Null vector: A vector whose magnitude is zero is called null vector or zero
vector and it is denoted by ⃗⃗ .
2. Unit vectors: A vector whose magnitude is one is called unit vector.

A unit vector along the direction of ⃗ is denoted by ̂ and ̂ |⃗ |
where |⃗ | is magnitude of ⃗
3. Equal vectors : Two vectors are said to be equal vectors if there magnitude
and direction are same. ⃗
Example:- 𝐴 𝐵

𝐶 𝐷

𝐸 𝐹

Here ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are equal vectors


4. Like vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be like vectors if they have
same direction.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 165
Vectors
5. Unlike vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be unlike vectors if they
have opposite direction.
𝐴 𝐵 Here,
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are like vectors.
𝐶 𝐷
⃗⃗⃗⃗ and GH
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are like vectors.
𝐹 𝐸
⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are unlike vectors.
𝐻 𝐺
6. Negative vectors : A vector having the same magnitude as that of the
vector ⃗ and the direction opposite to that of ⃗ is called negative vector
and it is denoted by ⃗
7. Co-initial vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be co-initial vectors if
there initial point co-inside
A
Here,
B ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are co-initial vectors
O
C

D
8. Collinear Vectors: Two or more vectors are said to be collinear vectors if
they have the same direction or opposite direction
If the two vectors and ⃗ are collinear vectors then ⃗ , where is
any constant.
9. Coplanar vectors : Vectors lying in the same plane or parallel planes are
called coplanar vectors

Scalar Multiple of Vector:


Let be any scalar and be any vector, then the scalar multiple of a
vector by a scalar is a vector and it is denoted by
The magnitude of the is | | | || | and the direction of the is
same as that of if and the direction of the is opposite as that of if
.
Note: If be any vector then
i) ⃗ ii) (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , where are scalar

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 166


Vectors
Addition of Two Vectors :
i) Parallelogram law of addition of two vectors: let ⃗ and ⃗ be two vectors
such that ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . Complete the
𝐶 𝐷
parallelogram . Then the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗
represented by the diagonal is the sum
⃗ ⃗ . This process of addition is called

Parallelogram law of addition.
ii) Triangle law of addition of two vectors: let ⃗ and ⃗ be two vectors
such that ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . Complete the
triangle . Now, the ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is called the sum ⃗
⃗ ⃗ . This process of addition is called

triangle law of addition

Note: 1) Triangular law of addition can be extended to more than two vectors.
Let ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are three
Vectors. Now, the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is the sum
of ⃗ ⃗ of the vectors ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗


2) Let ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ of the parallelogram . Since is a

parallelogram clearly ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗.

Now, from parallelogram law of addition


𝐶 𝐷
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗
From the triangle law of addition ⃗

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗



⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗

In a parallelogram if ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ , then the diagonals

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 167


Vectors
Position Vector: Let be the fixed point in a plane (space). Let be any point in
the plane (space) then the position vector of w.r.t is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
A Here,
the position ve tor of wrt is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
B the position ve tor of wrt is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
O
the position ve tor of wrt is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
C

Note : Let and be any point in a plane(space). Let be the fixed point then
the position vectors of and w.r.t A

are ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ respectively.


O
Now, from triangle law of addition
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ B
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Properties of Vectors:
If ⃗ ⃗ be any three vectors then
i) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ (Commutative)
ii) ⃗ (⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗ ) (Associative)
iii) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ (identity element is ⃗ )
iv) ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
( ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
( ) ⃗ ⃗ (inverse law)
v) (⃗ ⃗ ) ⃗ ⃗ ; is a scalar.

Problems:
1. Identify the following vectors in a given figure :
i) Coinitial ii) Equal iii) Collinear
𝑎
𝑎 𝑐
a) 𝑑 𝑏⃗ b)
𝑏⃗
𝑐 𝑑

2. Prove that the position vectors of the point which divides the joint of two
given points and , whose position vectors are ⃗ internally in the
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
ratio is .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 168


Vectors
3. Prove that the position vectors of the point which divides the joint of two
given points and , whose position vectors are ⃗ externally in the
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
ratio is .
4. Prove that the position vectors of the mid-point is ( ⃗ ). Where
⃗ are the position vectors of respectively.
5. If are the vertices of the triangle then prove that
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗
6. Prove that in any quadrilateral ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗
7. The position vectors of the points w.r.t are ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ and
⃗⃗⃗⃗ respectively. Then find ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
8. The position vector of the points w.r.t are ⃗ ⃗ and
⃗ respectively. Then find i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ iii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
9. The position vector of the points P,Q,R & S w.r.to O are ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ respectively then find ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
10. Position vectors of A and B are ⃗ & ⃗ then find the position
vector of point which divides AB internally in the ratio .
11. Find the position vector of the point which divides the join of the points
with position vectors are ⃗ & ⃗ internally & externally in the
ratio 2:3.
12. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining of two
points P & Q whose vectors are ⃗ & ⃗ externally in the ratio 1:2.
Also S.T. P is the mid point of the line segment RQ.
13. Find the position vector of midpoint of A & B where position vector of A & B
are ⃗ & ⃗.
14. Find the position vector of the point which divides the line AB internally
in the ratio where position vectors of A and B are ⃗ & ⃗.
15. Prove that the position vectors of the centroid of the triangle is
( ⃗ ). Where ⃗ are the position vectors of
respectively.
16. If is the centroid of the , then find the value of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
17. Show that by vector method the diagonals of the parallelogram bisect each
other.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 169
Vectors
Plane vectors and the position vectors of a point in a plane.
The vector lying in a plane is called plane vectors or 2- dimensional
vector.
Let be the origin, be the and be
𝑌
the . Let ̂ and ̂ be the unit vectors along
the positive direction of respectively. 𝑃(𝑥 𝑦)
These unit vectors ( ̂ )̂ are called as 𝑗̂
Basic unit vectors. 𝑦
Let ( ) be any point in the plane.
𝜃
𝑥 𝑂( ) 𝑥
Now, the position vector of is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . 𝑥 𝑀 𝑖̂
Draw
𝑌
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂
Now, by the triangle law of addition
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂
The position vector of any point ( ) is given by ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑂𝑃 𝑥 𝑦𝑗̂
Magnitude of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now, √( ) ( )
√ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|𝑂𝑃 √𝑥 𝑦
Where |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | is the magnitude of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now, from , os | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
sin | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

Where is the direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗


Note: i) For every ordered pair ( ) of real no. We can associate a unique
vector ̂ and whose magnitude is √ 𝑍
Space vector and the position vector of a point in a space:
𝑘̂ 𝑃(𝑥 𝑦 𝑧)
The vector lying in a space is called space vectors
or 3- dimensional vector.
𝑋
Let be the origin, be the , 𝑂 𝑧 𝑄
be the and be the . 𝑌 𝑌
𝑥 𝑗̂
Let ̂ , ̂ and ̂ be the unit vectors along 𝑁
𝑦 𝑀
the positive direction of 𝑖̂
𝑋 𝑌
respectively.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 170


Vectors
Let ( ) be any point in a space and the position vector of is ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
Draw plane ,
to and
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂
Now from triangle law of addition
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑂𝑃 𝑥𝑖̂ 𝑦𝑗̂ 𝑧𝑘̂
Magnitude of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now , √( ) ( ) ( )
√ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|𝑂𝑃 √𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
Where |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | is the magnitude of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
The direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is determined by three angles. Let be the
angles made by the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ with the respectively, then
os |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
, os | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
and os |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
√ √ √

Here os os os are called direction cosines of the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗


Note: 1) For every ordered pair ( ) of real no. We can associate a unique
vector ̂ ̂ and whose magnitude is √
2) If are the direction cosines of the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ then,
i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |[ ̂ ̂]
Proof :- Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ , then
os |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
, os | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
and n os |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂
Now, |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ̂ ̂
|⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |[ ̂ ̂]
ii) os os os
Proof :- os os os

| ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | (√ )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 171


Vectors
iii) sin sin sin
Proof :- LHS sin sin sin os os
( os os os )
iv) os os
Proof: LHS os os os os os
os os os
( os os os ) ( )

3) If ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear then

Proof: Given and ⃗ are collinear ⃗


̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

Vector Joining Two Points:


If ( ) and ( ) are any two points then
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )
Proof: Given ( ) position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Given ( ) position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )

Problems:
1. Find the magnitude of the following vectors.
i) ̂ ̂ ii) ⃗ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ iv) ̂ ̂ ̂
v) ̂ ̂ ̂ vi) ̂ ̂ ̂
√ √ √
2. Find the unit vector in the direction of
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ii) ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ iv) ̂ ̂ ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 172


Vectors
3. Find the direction cosines of the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ iv) ̂ ̂ ̂
v) ( ) vi) ( )
4. Find the direction cosine of the vector joining the points
( ) ( ) directed from A to B.
5. If the position vector of are ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂
respectively. Then find ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ vectors and its directions cosines.
6. Find the unit vector in the direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ where and are the points
( ) ( )
7. Find the unit vector in the direction of ⃗ where ̂ ̂ ̂ &
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
8. If ̂ ̂ ̂ & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the unit vector in the
direction of ⃗
9. If ̂ ̂ ̂ & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the unit vector in the
direction of ⃗
10. If ⃗ ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ then find the unit vector along the
direction of ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
11. If ( ) ⃗ ( ) and ( ). Find the unit vector
along the direction of ⃗
12. Find the vector of magnitude 7 units in the direction of ̂ .̂
13. Find a vector in the direction of ̂ ̂ ̂ which has magnitude units.
14. Find the vector of magnitude √ which makes an angle of & with
y-axis & z-axis respectively.
15. If a unit vector makes an angles with ̂, with ̂ & an acute angle with
̂ then find & hence find the components of .
16. Write down the unit vector in plane making an angle of with
positive direction of .
17. Find the value of for which ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) is a unit vector.
18. Find the values of x,y & z. If ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are equal.
19. Find the values of so that the vectors ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ are
equal.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 173
Vectors
20. Show that the direction cosines of a vector equally inclined to the axes
OX,OY & OZ are , , .
√ √ √
21. Show that the vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ is equally inclined to axis.
22. Find the position vector of the point which is the midpoint of the vector
joining the points ( ) and ( )
23. Find the position vector of the point which is the midpoint of the vector
joining the points ( ) and ( )
24. If ( ) and ( ) then find the position vector of the point
which divides AB internally and externally in the ratio
25. The position vectors of two points P & Q are ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂
respectively. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line PQ
in the ratio 2:1 internally.
26. Show that the vectors ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear.
27. If ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear then find a.
28. Show that the points ( ), ( )& ( ) are collinear.
29. Show that the position vectors are ̂ ̂ ̂ , ̂ ̂ ̂ &
̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear.
30. Show that the points ( )( ) and ( ) are collinear.
31. Show that the points ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ), ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) are
the vertices of a right angled triangle.
32. Show that the points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ , ̂ ̂ ̂ ,
̂ ̂ ̂ form an equilateral triangle.
33. Show that the points with position vectors ̂ ̂ , ̂ ̂ ̂ ,
̂ ̂ ̂ form an isosceles right angled triangle.

Dot Product (Scalar Product) of Two Vectors : Let ⃗ ⃗ be any two vectors then
scalar product is defined as ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | os , where is the angle between
⃗ n ⃗.
Properties of scalar product: 𝐵

i) ⃗ is a scalar
𝑏⃗
⃗ ⃗
ii) ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | os os |⃗ ||⃗ | 𝜃
𝑂 𝐴
𝑎

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 174


Vectors
⃗ ⃗
iii) If then os( ) ⃗
|⃗ ||⃗ |

i.e. if ⃗ ⃗ are orthogonal vectors then ⃗ ⃗

iv) If ⃗ have same direction then angle between ⃗ is zero.


⃗ ⃗
os( ) ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ |
|⃗ ||⃗ |

v) If ⃗ have opposite direction then angle between ⃗ is .


⃗ ⃗
os( ) ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ |
|⃗ ||⃗ |

vi) If two vectors are same then | || | | |


vii) ̂ ̂ | ̂|| |̂ (because angle between ̂ ̂ is zero)
Similarly ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
viii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ , because ̂ ̂ ̂ are perpendicular to each other.

ix) ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | os and ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | os |⃗ ||⃗ | os


⃗ ⃗ (Dot product is commutative)
x) Geometrical meaning of dot product:

Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ be any two Vectors. Let be the angle between two
⃗ . Draw 𝐵
vectors
Now, ⃗ | || ⃗ | os ( )( )( )
𝑏⃗
⃗ ( )( )
𝜃
⃗ | |( ⃗ ) 𝐴
𝑂
(⃗ ⃗ ) 𝑀 𝑎

|⃗ |
(⃗ ⃗ )
Similarly ⃗
|⃗ |

xi) ⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
xii) ⃗ ( ⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗ ) where is s r

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 175


Vectors

xiii) If ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are the two non-zero


vectors then ⃗
Proof : ⃗ ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂ ) ( )( ̂ ̂)
( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂ ) ( )( ̂ )̂ ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂ )
( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )
( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( )

Cross Product (Vector Product) of Two Vectors: 𝑛̂


Let ⃗ ⃗ be any two vectors then cross product
is defined as ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | sin n̂ is

𝑏⃗
𝑏⃗

𝑎
the n e etwen ⃗ n ⃗ and n̂ is the unit θ
vector perpendicular to the plane containing ⃗ n ⃗ .
𝑎
Properties of Vector Product:
i) ⃗ ⃗ is a vector, the magnitude of ⃗ ⃗ is |⃗ ||⃗ | sin and the direction of
⃗ ⃗ is along the direction of ̂
ii) ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | sin n̂ and ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | sin ( n̂) |⃗ ||⃗ | sin n̂
⃗ ⃗ (⃗ ⃗) vector product is anti-commutative.
|⃗ ⃗ |
iii) |⃗ ⃗| |⃗ ||⃗ | sin sin |⃗ ||⃗ |

iv) If , ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | sin( ) n̂ ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ |n̂


v) If ⃗ have same direction then angle between ⃗ is zero
sin sin ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ |( )n̂ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
If ⃗ have opposite direction then angle between ⃗ is .
sin sin ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ |( )n̂ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
vi) If two vectors are same then ⃗
vii) ̂ ̂ ⃗ (because angle between ̂ ̂ is zero)
Similarly ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ⃗
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 176


Vectors
viii) ̂ ̂ | ̂ || ̂ | ̂ ( )̂ ̂ (because angle between ̂ ̂ is )
Now, ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
Similarly ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
Similarly ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ix) ⃗ ⃗ is always perpendicular to ⃗ and ⃗
⃗ ⃗
is the unit vector perpendicular to ⃗ n ⃗
|⃗ ⃗ |

̂ , where ̂ is the unit vector perpendicular to ⃗
|⃗ |

x) Geometrical meaning of vector product:

1) Area of the parallelogram with ⃗ are the adjacent sides is given by


|⃗ ⃗ |
Proof: Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ , construct a 𝐵 𝐶
parallelogram , Such that 𝑏⃗
⃗ are the adjacent sides of the
parallelogram.
𝑂 𝑀 𝑎 𝐴
Now, |⃗ ⃗| |⃗ ||⃗ | sin ( )( )( )
|⃗ ⃗| area of the parallelogram
Magnitude | ⃗ | gives the area of the parallelogram with ⃗ ⃗ are the
adjacent sides
2) Area of the triangle whose two sides are ⃗ is given by |⃗ ⃗|

Proof: Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ are the two sides of the triangle OAB, Such that
⃗ are the adjacent sides of the parallelogram OABC
Now, Area of the triangle
𝐵 𝐶
( p r eo r )
𝑏⃗
|⃗ |

𝑂 𝑎 𝐴

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 177


Vectors

3) Area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ is (|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |)

Proof: Let be the parallelogram.


⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the diagonals. 𝐵
Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝐶

Let be the intersection point of . 𝑏⃗


𝐸
Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) 𝑂 𝑀 𝑎 𝐴

Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗


⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗ )

Now, Area of the parallelogram (area of the triangle ) [ (|⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |)]

(| ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |) ( (|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |))

Area of the parallelogram (|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |)

xi) ⃗ (⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗) (⃗ )
xii) ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗ ) where is s r
xiii) If ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are two non-zero
vectors then
̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ | |

Proof : ⃗ ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂)
( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂) ( )( ̂ ̂)
( )( ) ( )( ̂ ) ( )( ̂) ( )( ̂ ) ( )( )
( )( ̂ ) ( )( ̂) ( )( ̂ ) ( )( )
( )( ̂ ) ( )( ̂) ( )( ̂ ) ( )( ̂ ) ( )( ̂) ( )( ̂ )
(̂ ) ̂( ) ̂( )
̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 178


Vectors
Problems:
1. Find the scalar(dot) product of the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
2. If ̂ ̂ ̂ , ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ then find
( ⃗) ( )
3. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ then find ( ⃗) ( )
and also prove that (⃗ ) ⃗
4. If ̂ ̂ ̂ , ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ then prove that
(⃗ ) ⃗
5. Find the vector(cross) product of the following :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ and ⃗
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
v) iv) ( )&⃗ ( )
v) ( ) ⃗ ( )
6. Find | ⃗ | if ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
7. Find | ⃗ | if ̂ ̂ ̂ on ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
8. Prove that ( ⃗) ( ⃗) ( ⃗ ).
9. Prove that ( ⃗) ( ⃗) ( ⃗)
10. Prove that ( ⃗) ( ⃗) ( ⃗)
11. Prove that ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ) ̂ ( ̂ ̂) ̂ ( ̂ ̂)
12. Find the cosine angle between the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
v) ( )&⃗ ( )
13. Find the angle between two vectors & ⃗ with magnitude 1 and 2
respectively and there dot product is 1.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 179


Vectors

14. Find the angle between two vectors & ⃗ with magnitude √ and 2
respectively and there dot product is √ .
15. If ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ are the position vectors of ̂
points A,B,C & D respectively then find the cosine angle between ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
16. Find the sine angle between the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ( )&⃗ ( )
17. If | | , |⃗ | & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the angle between
& ⃗.

18. If | | , |⃗ | & ⃗ is a unit vector then find the angle between

& ⃗.
19. Show that the following vectors are perpendicular or orthogonal
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
20. If ̂ ̂ ̂ &⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then prove that ⃗ is orthogonal to

21. Show that each of the given three vectors is a unit vector. ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ),

( ̂ ̂ ̂ ), ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ). Also show that these are mutually


perpendicular to each other.
22. Prove that the vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ , ̂ ̂ ̂ ,& ̂ ̂ ̂ are
mutually perpendicular.
23. Find the value of m if the following vectors are orthogonal
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂̂ ̂
iii) ( )̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂ &3̂ ̂ ̂
24. If ̂ ̂ ̂ , ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂ such that is
perpendicular to ( ⃗ ) then find .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 180


Vectors

25. If ̂ ̂ ̂ , ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ such that ⃗ is


perpendicular to .Find .
26. Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors &⃗
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) 4 ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) 6 ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
27. Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vector ⃗ & ⃗ where
̂ ̂ ̂ &⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
28. Find a vector of magnitude 12 units which is perpendicular to the vectors
̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂.
29. Find a vector of magnitude √ units which is perpendicular to the
vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂.
30. Find a vector of magnitude 6 units which is perpendicular to the vectors
̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂.
31. Find the projection of ̂ ̂ ̂ on ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
32. Find the projection of ⃗ on where ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂
33. Find the projection of ̂ ̂ ̂ on ̂ ̂ ̂
34. Find the projection of ̂ ̂ ̂ on ̂ ̂ ̂
35. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
36. Find the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
37. Find the area of the triangle with vertices are (1,1,2), (2,3,5) & (1,5,5).
38. Find the area of the triangle with vertices are (1,-1,2), (2,1,-1) & (3,-1,2).
39. Prove that following
1) | ⃗| | | |⃗ | ( ⃗)

2) | ⃗| | | |⃗ | ( ⃗)

3) ( ⃗) ( ⃗) | | |⃗ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 181


Vectors

4) | ⃗| | ⃗| (| | |⃗ | )

5) | ⃗| | ⃗| ( ⃗)

6) | ⃗ | | | |⃗ | | | ⃗ ⃗

40. For any vectors & ⃗ prove that | ⃗| | ⃗| | | |⃗ |


41. For any vectors & ⃗ prove that | ⃗| | || ⃗ | assuming | | | ⃗ |.
42. If is a unit vector and ( )( ) then find | |
43. Find | | & | ⃗ | ,if ( ⃗) ( ⃗) &| | | ⃗ |.

44. If ( ⃗) ( ⃗) | | | ⃗ | then prove that is perpendicular to ⃗ .

45. If ( ⃗) ( ⃗) | | | ⃗ | then prove that is perpendicular to ⃗ .


46. If | | , |⃗ | &| ⃗| then find | ⃗ |.
47. If sum of the two unit vectors is a unit vector then find the magnitude of
there difference.
48. If ⃗ are three mutually perpendicular units vector then prove that
| ⃗ | √
49. If ⃗ are unit vector such that ⃗ ⃗ then find the value of
⃗ ⃗ .
50. If ,⃗ & are three vectors such that | | , |⃗ | , | | and
⃗ ⃗ then find the value of ⃗ ⃗ .
51. If & ⃗ are unit vectors inclined at an angle then prove that ( ⃗ ) is a
unit vector if .
52. If , ⃗ & are three vectors such that | | , |⃗ | , | | & each
vector is orthogonal to sum of the other two vectors then prove that
| ⃗ | √
53. The scalar product of the vector ̂ ̂ ̂ with a unit vector along the sum
of vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ is equal to one. Find the value of

54. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ then find a vector


which is perpendicular to both & ⃗ and .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 182


Vectors

55. If , ⃗ & are mutually perpendicular vectors of equal magnitudes then


prove that the vector ⃗ is equally inclined to , ⃗ & .
56. If ̂ ̂ ̂ are mutually perpendicular unit vectors , ̂ ̂,
̂ ̂ ̂ , then express in the form where is
parallel to and is perpendicular to .
57. If ⃗ are unit vector such that ⃗ ⃗ then prove that ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
58. Prove by vector method
i) sin( ) sin os os sin 𝑦
ii) os( ) os os sin sin
Proof : consider a unit circle 𝑃( os 𝐴 sin 𝐴)
radius of the circle is 1
𝐴 𝐵 𝑄( os 𝐵 sin 𝐵)
Let ( os sin ) be any point on the circle 𝐴
angle 𝐵
𝑂 𝑋
Let ( os sin ) be any point on the circle
angle
Now, position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ os ̂ sin ̂
position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ os ̂ sin ̂
i) Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | sin( ) ( ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂
| os sin | ( )( ) sin( ) ( ̂)
os sin
(̂ ) ̂( ) ̂ ( os sin os sin ) sin( )( ̂ )
( ̂ ) (sin os os sin ) sin( )( ̂ )
sin( ) sin os os sin
ii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | os( )
( os sin )( os sin ) os( )
os os sin sin os( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 183


Vectors
59. Prove by vector method
i) sin( ) sin os os sin
ii) os( ) os os sin sin 𝑦
Proof : consider a unit circle
𝑃( os 𝐴 sin 𝐴)
radius of the circle is 1
Let ( os sin ) be any point on the circle
angle 𝐴
𝑂 𝐵 𝑋
Let ( os sin ) be any point on the circle
angle
Now, position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ os ̂ sin ̂ 𝑄( os 𝐵 sin 𝐵)

position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ os ̂ sin ̂


i) Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | sin( ) ( ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂
| os sin | ( )( ) sin( ) ( ̂)
os sin
(̂ ) ̂( ) ̂ ( os sin os sin ) sin( )( ̂ )
( ̂ ) (sin os os sin ) sin( )( ̂ )
sin( ) sin os os sin
ii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | os( )
( os sin )( os sin ) os( )
os os sin sin os( )

Scalar Triple Product (STP)


Let ⃗ ⃗ be any three vectors then scalar triple product is defined as ⃗ (⃗ )
and it is denoted by ⃗ ⃗ . It is also called as box product.
Properties of Scalar triple product:
i) ⃗ (⃗ ) is a scalar
ii) If ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂, ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂

then ⃗ (⃗ ) | |

̂ ̂ ̂
Proof:- ⃗ (⃗ ) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 184


Vectors

( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂) (̂ ̂)
| |

| |

iii) ⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗)

(If we change the three vectors in cyclic order then the value of STP does not
changes )

Proof :- ⃗ (⃗ ) | | ⃡⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |

⃡⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | | ⃗ ( ⃗)

Similarly ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗)

⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗)

iv) ⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗) ⃗ (⃗ )

v) ⃗ (⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗) (In Scalar triple product the ‘dot’ and ‘cross’ are


interchangeable)

Proof :- ⃗ (⃗ ) (⃗ )⃗ ( ⃗) ⃗ (⃗ ⃗)

vi) If any two vectors in three vectors are same then Scalar triple product is
zero

Proof :- ⃗ (⃗ ⃗) | |

vii) If any of two vectors are collinear then scalar triple product is zero.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 185


Vectors

Proof :- let ⃗ ⃗ are collinear then ⃗ ⃗


Now, ⃗ (⃗ ⃗ ) ⃗ (⃗ ⃗ ) ( )
viii) Geometrical meaning of scalar triple product
𝑏⃗ 𝑐
Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ,
𝑀
construct a Parallelepiped with ⃗ 𝑎
are co-initial edges
Now, magnitude of | ⃗ | gives the 𝑂
area of the parallelogram ( base of the 𝑏⃗ 𝐵
𝑐
Parallelepiped) 𝐶 𝐷

Now, is the height of the Parallelopiped projection of on ⃗


Now, ⃗ (⃗ ⃗ ) |⃗ |(pro e tion of on ⃗ )
( se of the r e epipe ) (hei ht of the r e epipe )
r e epipe
⃗ ( ⃗ ) gives the with ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ are co-
initial edges
ix) If ⃗ are co-planar then the volume of Parallelopiped with ⃗
are co-initial edges is zero
i.e. If ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ are co-planar then ⃗ ( ⃗)
Problems:
1. Find the scalar triple product of the following
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
2. Find the volume of the Parallelopiped if the co-initial edges are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 186


Vectors
3. Show that the following vectors are coplanar.
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
4. If the following vectors are coplanar then find the value of
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
iv) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
5. Let ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ then
i) If then find such that ⃗ and are coplanar.
ii) If then show that no values of can make ⃗ and
are coplanar.
6. Show that the points ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) are
coplanar
7. Show that the points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ are coplanar.
8. Show that the four points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ are coplanar.
9. Find if the ve tors ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ n ̂ ̂ ̂
are coplanar.
10. If the points A(-1,4,3), B(3, -5), C(-3,8,-5) and D(-3,2,1) are coplanar then
find .
11. Find such that the four points ( ) ( ) , ( ) and
( ) are coplanar.
12. Prove that [ ⃗ ] [ ⃗ ] [ ⃗ ].
13. For any three vectors , ⃗ , & prove that
[ ⃗ ⃗ ] [ ⃗ ] and also Show that the vectors
, ⃗ , & are coplanar if ⃗, ⃗ ,& are coplanar.
14. Prove that [ ⃗ ⃗ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 187


Vectors
Assignment
1. Find the position vector of midpoint of A & B where position vector of A & B
are ⃗ & ⃗.
2. If ( )⃗ ( ) ( ) then find ⃗ .
3. If ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ then find the magnitude of
̂ ⃗.
4. If ̂ ̂ , ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ then find a unit vector along the
direction of .
5. Find a unit vector in the direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ where ( )& ( )
6. If ̂ ̂ ̂ & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the unit vector in the
direction of i) ⃗ ii) ⃗
7. If ( ) & ( ) then find a vector of magnitude 11 in the
direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
8. If the direction cosines of are then find n.
9. If os os os are the direction cosines of the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ then Prove
that
.
10. Write a unit vector in xy-plane making an angle of with the positive
direction of x-axis.
11. Find the values of x,y & z. If ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are equal.
12. Find the vector joining the points ( )& ( ).
13. If ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear then find a.
14. Evaluate ( ⃗) ( ⃗)
15. Find the magnitude of two vectors & ⃗ having the same magnitude, the
angle between them is & their scalar product is .
16. Find the angle between & ⃗ with magnitudes √ & 2 respectively having
⃗ √ .
17. If the vectors ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are parallel then find m.
18. & ⃗ are unit vectors inclined at an angle P.T. ( ⃗ ) is a unit vector if
.
19. Find the value of ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ) ̂ ( ̂ ̂) ̂ ( ̂ ̂)
20. Find | ⃗ | if ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
21. Show that ( ⃗) ( ⃗) ( ⃗ ).

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 188


Vectors

22. If | | , |⃗ | & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the angle between


& ⃗.
23. If either ⃗ or ⃗ ⃗ then ⃗ ⃗ . is the converse true justify your
answer with an example.
24. If & ⃗ are two vectors such that | ⃗ | | ⃗ |, find the angle between
& ⃗.
25. Given ⃗ & ⃗ ⃗ . What can you conclude about the vectors
& ⃗.
26. A girl walks 4 km towards west, then she walks 3 km in a direction east
of north & stops. Determine the girls displacement from initial point of
departure.
27. Find the vector of magnitude √ which makes an angle of & with
y-axis & z-axis respectively.
28. If a unit vector makes an angles with ̂, with ̂ & an acute angle with
̂ then find & hence find the components of .
29. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ then find a unit vector
parallel to the vector ⃗ .
30. Show that the position vectors are ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂ &
̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear.
31. Show that ( ), ( )& ( ) are collinear.
32. Show that the points ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ), ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) are
the vertices of a right angled triangle.
33. Show that the points (1,2,1), (2,4,2), (4,3,-2)& (3,1,-3) are the vertices of a
parallelogram.
34. If ̂ ̂ ̂ , ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ then find ⃗ & and
verify ( ⃗ ) ⃗ .
35. Find a vector of magnitude 12 units which is perpendicular to the vectors
̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂.
36. The two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂.
Find the unit vector parallel to its diagonal. Also find its area.
37. Find [ ⃗ ] if ̂ ̂ ̂, ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂.
38. Show that the points A(1,1,1), B(2,3,4), C(3,1,2) and D(-1,1,0) are coplanar.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 189


Vectors
39. Show that the points A,B,C & D with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂,
̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂ , and ̂ ̂ respectively are coplanar.
40. Show that the four points with position vectors ̂ ,̂ ̂ ̂ ̂,
̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are not coplanar.
41. If ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂, 2 ̂ ̂ ̂, & ̂ ̂ ̂ are position
vectors of four coplanar points then find .
42. Find a vector of magnitude 11 in the direction opposite to that of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ,
where P and Q are the points (1,3,2), (-1,0,8) respectively.
43. If the points (-1,1,2), (2,m,5) & (3,11,6) are collinear then find the value of
m.
44. Find all the vectors of magnitude √ that are perpendicular to the plane
of ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂ .
45. Show that the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are given by
⃗⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ is |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |. Also find the area of the parallelogram whose
diagonals are ̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 190


Three Dimensional Geometry

Three Dimensional Geometry


Lines
Direction cosines of a line:
𝑧
Definition: Let be the given line L. Let ⃗ be
a vector through the origin and parallel to .
𝐵
𝐿
the given line L. Then the direction cosines of ⃗
. 𝛾 𝑏
the line L are defined as direction cosines of 𝐴 𝛼
vector ⃗ . 𝑥
W.K.T If are the direction angles made 𝛽

by the vector ⃗ with the positive x-axis, 𝑦


y-axis and z-axis respectively then
are the direction
cosines.
By definition direction cosines of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are if we reverse the direction of the
vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ then direction cosines are
there are two sets and of direction cosines for a given line L.
Note: We have already seen (in vectors) that

Direction Ratios of Line


Definition: Any three numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines of
a line are called the direction ratios of the line.
If are the direction ratios of a line then
Now ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )

Now, ,

direction cosines of the line are , ,


√ √
, where are direction ratios.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 191


Three Dimensional Geometry

Problems:
1. If a line makes angles with the positive
and respectively, then find the direction cosines of the line.
2. If a line makes angles with the positive
and respectively, then find the direction cosines of the line.
3. Find the direction cosines of .
4. Find the direction cosines of .
5. Find the direction cosines of z .
6. If a line has direction ratios determine its direction cosines.
7. If a line has direction ratios determine its direction cosines.
8. If a line has direction ratios determine its direction cosines.

Direction Cosines of the Line Passing Through Two Points


Let ( ) ( ) be the two given points.
Let Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
The direction ratios of the line are ( ), ( )
and ( )
Now , √ √( ) ( ) ( )
Now, direction cosines of the line are ,

and
√ √
Problems:
1. Find the direction cosines of the line passing through the two points
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) ( )
3) ( ) ( )
2. Show that the following points are collinear
1) ( ) ( ) ( )
2) ( ) ( ) ( )
3. Find the direction cosines of the sides of the triangle whose vertices are
( )( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 192


Three Dimensional Geometry
Equation of Line:
Let be any point with position vector on a given line. A relation satisfied by
is called the vector equation of the line.
Equation of a straight line through a given point and parallel to a given vector.
Vector form:
𝑧
Let be the given point and position
vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑏⃗
𝑃
Let ⃗ be the vector which is parallel to the line 𝐴
Let be any point on the line and position 𝐿 𝑟
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑎
vector of 𝑥
𝑂
Now, clearly ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is parallel to ⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ , where is a scalar 𝑦
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗
⃗ ⃗ is the equation of the line in vector form.

Cartesian Form:
Let co-ordinates of the point be ( ) PV of ̂ ̂ ̂
Let are the direction ratios of ⃗ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Let co-ordinates of any point be ( ) PV of ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, Equation of the line is ⃗
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
̂ ̂ ̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂

is the equation of line in Cartesian form.


Note: Equation of the line passing through the point ( ) and parallel to
vector ⃗ is given by
i) Vector form: ⃗ , where is the PV of the point and is the PV of
any point .
ii) Cartesian form: , where are the direction ratios of ⃗ .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 193


Three Dimensional Geometry
Equation of a Straight Line Passing Through Two Given Points.
Vector Form: 𝑧
Let be the given point and position
vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝐵
𝐿
Let be the given point and position 𝑃
vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ 𝐴 𝑏⃗
𝑟
Let be any point on the line and 𝑎 𝑥
𝑂
position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now, clearly are collinear
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , where is a scalar 𝑦
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗ )
(⃗ ) is the equation of the line in vector form.
Cartesian Form:
Let co-ordinates of the point be ( ) PV of ̂ ̂ ̂
Let co-ordinates of the point be ( ) PV of ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Let co-ordinates of any point be ( ) PV of ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, Equation of the line is (⃗ )
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ))

̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂)

̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ (( )̂ ( )̂ ( ) ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
̂ ̂ ̂ [ ( )] ̂ [ ( )] ̂ [ ( )] ̂
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )

is the equation of line in Cartesian form.


Note: Equation of the line passing through the two points ( ) and
( ) is given by
i) Vector form: (⃗ ),
where is the PV of the point and ⃗ is the PV of the point .
ii) Cartesian form:

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 194


Three Dimensional Geometry
Problems:
1. Find the vector and Cartesian equation of the line
1) If it passes through the point ( ) & parallel to the vector ̂ ̂ ̂
2) If it passes through the point ( ) & parallel to the vector ̂ ̂ ̂
3) If it passes through the point ̂ ̂ ̂ & is in the direction ̂ ̂ ̂
4) If it passes through the points ( ) ( )
5) If it passes through the points ( ) ( )
6) If it passes through the origin and the point ( )
7) If it passes through the points ( ) ( )
2. If the Cartesian equation of the line is then write its vector
form.
3. If the Cartesian equation of the line is then find the vector
equation of the line.
4. Find the Cartesian and vector equation of line which passes through the point
( ) and parallel to the line .
5. Find the Cartesian and vector equation of line which passes through the point
( ) and parallel to the line .
6. Find the equation of the line parallel to x-axis and passing through the origin.

Angle Between Two Lines 𝐿

Vector Form: If angle between two lines


⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
𝑏
⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏
⃗⃗⃗⃗ .⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝜃
then 𝜃
|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗ | 𝐿
𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝜇𝑏
Proof: The angle between two lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗

and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ is same as the angle between the vectors ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ because

lines are parallel to ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ .

If angle between two lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ then is the angle
⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
between the vectors ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 195


Three Dimensional Geometry

Cartesian Form: If angle between two lines


&

Then
√ √

Proof: The line parallel to the vector ⃗⃗⃗ whose direction ratios

are ⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
The line parallel to the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗ whose direction ratios are
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Let be the angle between two lines then |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
( ).( )

√ √ √ √

Note: 1) If the lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are perpendicular ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
2) If two lines and are
perpendicular then .
3) If are the direction cosines of the two lines and is
the angle between two lines then
4) If two lines and are parallel then

Proof: The line parallel to the vector ⃗⃗⃗ whose direction ratios

are ⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
The line parallel to the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗ whose direction ratios are
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, given two lines are parallel ⃗⃗⃗ is parallel to ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 196


Three Dimensional Geometry
Problems:
1. Find the angle between the lines
1) ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂)
2) ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂)
3) ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
4) ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
5) and
6) and
7) and
8) and
2. Find the angle between lines whose direction ratios are and
3. Show that the line through the points ( ) ( ) is perpendicular
to the line through the points ( ) ( )
4. Show that the line joining the origin to the point ( ) is perpendicular to the
line determined by the points ( ) ( )
5. Show that the lines and are perpendicular to each
other.
6. Show that the lines whose direction ratios are and
are perpendicular to each other.
7. Show that the line through the points ( ) ( ) is parallel to the line
through the points ( ) ( )
8. Find the value of if the lines and are
perpendicular to each other.
9. Find the value of so that the lines and
are at right angle.
10. Find the co-ordinates of the point where the line through ( ) and ( )
crosses the plane.
11. Find the co-ordinates of the point where the line through ( ) and ( )
crosses the plane.
12. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point ( ) and
perpendicular to the two lines and

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 197


Three Dimensional Geometry
Skew Lines: If and are the two lines which are neither parallel nor intersecting
then and are called skew lines.
𝑄
Shortest distance between two skew lines: 𝑙
Let be any point on the line and be
any point on the line . If is the shortest
distance between two skew lines then is
perpendicular to both and . 𝑃
𝑙

Vector and Cartesian form of shortest distance between two skew lines:
Vector Form:
Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the two skew lines.
Let be any point on the line ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑄 𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝜇𝑏
𝑇
Let be any point on the line
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Let is the shortest distance
𝑆 𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗
𝜆𝑏
between two skew lines . 𝑃
is perpendicular to both ⃗⃗⃗
𝑏
is perpendicular to both ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Let ̂ be the unit vector along the direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
( )

Now, |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ̂ |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
(from 1)

Let be the angle between


| | | |
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
|(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).( )|
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ || |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ( )( )

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
|(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).( ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )|
| | ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
|(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
)| | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|

(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )


Shortest distance between two skew lines is | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 198


Three Dimensional Geometry
Cartesian Form:
Let be the two skew lines.

⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
Now, direction ratios of ⃗⃗⃗ are ⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and

direction ratios of ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂


Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)

⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )

Now, (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) | |

̂ ̂ ̂
Now, ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ | | ̂( ) ̂( ) ̂( )

|⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ | √( ) ( ) ( )
(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
W.K.T , Shortest distance between two skew lines is | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|

| |
| |
√( ) ( ) ( )

Note:
1) If ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the two skew lines then shortest
(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ).(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
distance between two skew lines is given by | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|

2) If be the two skew lines then

shortest distance between two skew lines is given by

| |
| |
√( ) ( ) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 199


Three Dimensional Geometry
Coplanar Lines:
Vector form: Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the two coplanar lines.
𝐵
Let be any point on the line
𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝜇𝑏
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Let be any point on the line
𝐴
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Since and
are coplanar lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
𝑏 𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗
𝜆𝑏

is perpendicular to ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗


(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
Cartesian Form:
Let be the two coplanar lines.
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ( ) ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
Now, direction ratios of ⃗⃗⃗ are ⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and
direction ratios of ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Now, ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )

Now, (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) | |

W.K.T, If and are coplanar lines then (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )

| |

Note:
1) If ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the two coplanar lines then
(⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
2) If are the two coplanar lines

then | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 200


Three Dimensional Geometry
Problems:
1. Find the shortest distance between the following skew lines:
1) (̂ ̂ ̂) (̂ ̂ ̂ )& ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
2) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) (̂
̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
3) (̂ ̂ ̂) (̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
4) (̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
5) ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ & ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
6)

7)

8)
2. Prove that the given two lines are coplanar lines:
1)

2)

3)

4)

Distance Between Two Parallel Lines


Vector form: Let ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ & 𝑇
𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 𝜇𝑏⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ are the two parallel lines.
Let be any point on the line
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑙 𝑟 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑎 𝜆𝑏⃗
𝑆 𝑃
Let be any point on the line
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑏⃗

Draw perpendicular to .
Now, is the distance between two parallel lines and
Let be the angle between and
be the angle between and ⃗
Now, | | (| |)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 201


Three Dimensional Geometry
| ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )| | ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )| | ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )|
| | | | | |
| ⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | |⃗ | |⃗ |
| ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )|
|⃗ |
| ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )|
Distance between two parallel lines |⃗ |

Problems:
Find the distance between the two parallel lines of the following.
1) (̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)

2) (̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)

3) (̂ ̂ ̂) (̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) (̂ ̂ ̂)

Plane
Equation of a Plane in Normal Form:
Vector Form:
𝑧
Let be the plane in space. Draw ON
𝐶
perpendicular to the plane and be the
normal to the plane. 𝑃(𝑥 𝑦 𝑧)
Let ̂ be the unit vector along the direction of 𝑟
𝑁
𝑑 𝑥
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑂 𝐵
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝐴
̂ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
𝑦
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ .( )
Let be any point on the plane and position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now, is perpendicular to
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | . ̂ .̂


Vector form of equation of plane is . ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 202


Three Dimensional Geometry
Cartesian Form:
( ) be any point on the plane a
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
Let ̂ be the unit vector along the direction of the normal and be the
direction cosines of ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
Now equation of the plane in normal form is . ̂
( ̂ ̂ ̂ ). ( ̂ ̂ ̂)

Cartesian form of equation of plane is


Note: 1) Vector equation of a plane in normal form is . ̂ where ̂ is the unit
vector along the direction of normal is and is the length of the normal.
2) Cartesian equation of a plane in normal form is where
are the direction cosines of the normal (or unit vector along the direction of
normal) and is the length of the normal.

Equation of the plane passing through a point and perpendicular to the given
vector:
𝑧
Vector Form:
Let plane passes through a point A with ⃗
𝑁
position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and perpendicular
𝐴
to ⃗
𝑎 𝑃(𝑥 𝑦 𝑧)
Let P be any point on the plane and
𝑟 𝑥
position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑂
Now ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is perpendicular to ⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗ 𝑦

(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ). ⃗ ( ). ⃗

Cartesian Form:
Let plane passes through a point ( ) and position vector of
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
Let A, B, C be the direction ratios of the vector ⃗
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 203


Three Dimensional Geometry
Let ( ) be any point on the plane position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
Now, ( ) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
W.K.T Equation of the plane is ( ). ⃗
( ). ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
Note:
1) Vector Form : Equation of the plane passing through the point A whose
position vector is and perpendicular to the vector ⃗ is given by
( ). ⃗
2) Cartesian Form: Equation of the plane passing through the point
( ) & perpendicular to the vector ⃗ whose direction ratios are
A, B, C is given by ( ) ( ) ( )

Equation of the plane passing through three non collinear pointsvector form
Let A, B, C be any three non collinear points 𝑧
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗
𝑁
Let Position vector of
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ &
𝐴
Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

Let ⃗ be the vector which is 𝐶 𝐵


𝑥
perpendicular to the plane 𝑂

direction of the vector ⃗ is along the 𝑦


direction of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .

Now Equation of the plane passing through A and perpendicular to ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is
( ). (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
( ). ((⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ))

( ). (( ⃗ ) ( )) [ ⃗ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 204


Three Dimensional Geometry
Cartesian Form:
Let ( . ) ( ) ( . ) be three non collinear points.

Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

Let ( ) be any point on the plane

Let Position vector of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

Now, ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
Now, equation of the passing through A, B, & C is
[ ⃗ ]

| |

Note:
1) Vector Form: Equation of the plane passing through three non collinear

points A, B & C whose position vectors are ⃗ is given by

( ). ( (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ))

2) Cartesian Form : Equation of the plane passing through three non collinear
points ( ) ( ) ( ) is given by

| |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 205


Three Dimensional Geometry
Intercept Form of a Plane
If a plane meets the co-ordinate axes are
𝑧
called the intercepts of the plane.
Let a, b , c be the intercepts of 𝐶( 𝑐)
the plane.
Plane passes through the points
( )( ) ( )
Now equation of the plane is given by 𝑥
𝑂 𝐴 (𝑎 )

| | 𝐵 ( 𝑏 )
𝑦
| |

( )( ) ( ) ( )

Note:
Equation of the plane whose x - intercept, y-intercept , z-intercept are a, b, c
respectively is given by

Problems
1) Find the vector equation of the plane which is at a distance of 7 units from
the origin and normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂
2) Find the vector equation of the plane which is at a distance of from

the origin and its normal is ̂ ̂ ̂ and also find its Cartesian form.
3) Find the Cartesian equation of the plane i) . ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
ii) . ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
4) Find the vector and Cartesian equation of the planes that passes through
the point
i) ( ) and the normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 206


Three Dimensional Geometry
ii) ( ) and the normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) P( ) and perpendicular to OP, where 0 is the origin
iv) ( ) and perpendicular to the line, whose direction ratios are
( )
v) ( ) and having direction ratios of a normal to the plane as
( )
5) Find the equation of the plane that passes through the 3 non collinear
points
i) ( )( ) ( ) ii) ( ) ( ) ( )
iii) ( ) ( ) ( ) iv) ( ) ( ) ( )
6) Find the equation of the plane with intercepts 2, 3 & 4 on the axes
respectively.
7) Find the equation of the plane with intercepts on the co-ordinate
axes.
8) Find the equation of the plane with intercepts 3 on the y axis and parallel
to ZOX plane.
9) Find the direction cosines of the normal to the plane and the distance from
the origin if equation of the plane is
i) iii)
ii) iv)
10) Find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the
origin to the plane
i) iii)
ii) iv)

Equation of the plane passing through the line at intersection of the planes:
Vector form: Let . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ & . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the equation of two planes.
. ⃗⃗⃗⃗ and . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
Now equation of the plane passing through line of intersection of two planes are
( . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
. ⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
. (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( )
. (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 207


Three Dimensional Geometry

Cartesian Form: Let &


are the equations of the planes.
Now, equation of the plane passing through line of intersection of two planes are
( ) ( )

Problems:
1) Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes
i. & passing through the point
( )
ii. – & passing through the
point ( )
iii. & passing through the
point ( )
iv. .( ̂ ̂ ̂) . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & passing through the
point ( )
v. .( ̂ ̂ ̂) . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) a& passing through the
point ( )

Angles Between Two Planes


Definition: Angle between two planes is defined as the angle between their
normal’s.
Vector form: if  is the angle between two planes . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ and . ⃗⃗⃗⃗
 is the angle between ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
 |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑒
⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑛 𝑛
⃗⃗⃗⃗

𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑒

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 208


Three Dimensional Geometry
Cartesian Form
If  is the angle between the planes &
then  is the angle between their normal’s
Now is the equation of plane are the
direction ratios of the normal ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ) & |⃗⃗⃗⃗ | √
Now, is the equation of plane are the
direction ratios of the normals ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( ) |⃗⃗⃗⃗ | √
Now. ⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( ). ( ) . .
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . .
Now  | ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ || ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
√ √

Note:
1) If two planes are perpendicular then
i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ . ⃗⃗⃗⃗ vector form
ii) (Cartesian form)
2) If two planes are parallel then
i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ is parallel to ⃗⃗⃗⃗ vector form
ii) (Cartesian form)

Problems
1) Find the angle between the two planes whose equations are
i. . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .( ̂ ̂ ̂)
ii. .( ̂ ̂ ̂) .( ̂ ̂ ̂)
iii. .( ̂ ̂ ̂) .( ̂ ̂ ̂)
iv.
v.
vi.
2) In the following cases, determine whether the given planes are parallel or
perpendicular and in case they are neither, find the angle between them
i.
ii.
iii.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 209


Three Dimensional Geometry
iv.
v.
3) Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the
planes and which is perpendicular to the
pane
Distance of a point from a plane vector
𝑧 ⃗
𝑁
Vector Form:
Consider a point P with position 𝑃
vector and a plane whose 𝑁 ⃗⃗⃗
𝑃 (𝑟 𝑎). 𝑁
equation is . ⃗ ⃗
| | 𝑄
⃗ 𝑁
. |⃗ | 𝑃 𝑟. ⃗⃗⃗
𝑁 𝑑
|⃗ |

. ̂ , where ̂ is the unit 𝑂 𝑥


|⃗ |

vector along the direction of ⃗


𝑦
|⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|⃗ | |⃗ |

Now ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ̂ ̂


|⃗ |
Consider a plane through point and parallel to plane
equation of the plane is ( ). ⃗
.⃗ .⃗
.⃗ .⃗ |⃗ |
⃗ ⃗
. |⃗ | . |⃗ |
The distance of the point on the plane from the origin is
⃗ ⃗
. |⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | . |⃗ |

Now ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | ̂ ( . )̂
|⃗ |

Now the distance PQ is | | |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |


⃗ ⃗
| | |( . | ⃗ |) ̂ ̂| |( . | ⃗ |) | | ̂|
|⃗ | |⃗ |
⃗ ⃗ .⃗
| | | . |⃗ | | | |
|⃗⃗⃗⃗| |⃗ |
|⃗ .⃗ |
| |
|⃗ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 210


Three Dimensional Geometry
Cartesian Form:
Let ( ) be the point and equation of the plane be
Now Position Vector of the point ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( )
Given equation of the plane is
direction ratios of ⃗ are a, b, c
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ) |⃗ | √
Now . ⃗ ( ). ( )
|⃗ .⃗ | | |
 distance from the point of the plane |⃗ | √

Angle Between the Line and the Plane ⃗


𝑁
Let equation of the line be
( )
⃗ which is parallel to the ⃗ .
𝑏⃗ 𝑙 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏⃗
Let equation of the plane be . ⃗
which is perpendicular to ⃗ ( )
Let  be the angle between line and
the plane.
 is the angle between line
and the normal ⃗
 is the angle between
⃗ and the normal ⃗ ⃗
𝑟. 𝑁 𝑑
⃗ .⃗ ⃗ .⃗
( ) | ⃗ || ⃗ |
 | ⃗ || ⃗ |

Problems
1) Find the distance from the point
a. ( ) to the plane
b. (3, -2, 1) to the plane
c. ( ) to the plane
d. ( ) to the plane
2) Find the angle between the line
a. and the plane

b. and the plane

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 211


Three Dimensional Geometry
Assignment

1. Find the Cartesian equation of a line passing through the points (-1,2,1) &
(5,-2,3).
2. If Cartesian equations of a line are then express it
in the symmetric form & also find the vector equation of the line.
3. If the Cartesian equation of a line is then find the vector
equation of the line.
4. Find the equation of a line parallel to x-axis & passing through the origin.
5. Show that the three lines with direction cosines & &
are mutually perpendicular.
6. Show that the line joining the origin to the point (2,1,1) is perpendicular to
the line determined by the points (3,5,-1) & (4,3,-1).
7. If & are the direction cosines of two mutually
perpendicular lines, then show that the direction cosines of the line
perpendicular to both of these are , , .
8. The x-coordinate of a point on the line joining the points (2,2,1) & (5,1,-2) is
4. Find its z-coordinate.
9. Find the angle between the lines & .
10. If the lines & are perpendicular then find .
11. If the lines & are perpendicular then find
the value of k.
12. If the line joining the points (-1,2,3) & (2,-1,4) is perpendicular to the line
joining the points ( ) & (1,2,3) then find the value of .
13. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from the point (3,-1,11) to the
line .
14. Find the perpendicular distance from the point (-2,4,-5) to the line

15. Find the shortest distance between the following pair of lines:
i. ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂) & ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ).
ii. & .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 212


Three Dimensional Geometry
16. Find the shortest distance between the lines whose vector equations are
̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ & ̂ ( )̂ ( )̂ ( ) ̂.
17. Prove that the lines ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ )̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ) are
coplanar.
18. If the lines & are coplanar then find k.
19. If the lines & are intersect then find the
value of k.
20. If the lines & are intersect then find the
value of k.
21. Show that the lines & are intersect each
other. Also find their point of intersection.
22. Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the
planes . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & .( ̂ ̂ ̂) & which is parallel to
x-axis.
23. Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the
planes & and which is
perpendicular to the plane .
24. Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the
planes & and which is parallel to the
line .
25. Derive the formula to find the distance of a point from the plane in vector
and Cartesian plane.
26. Show that the planes and . are
perpendicular or parallel.
27. distance of the point (-1,-5,-10) from the point of intersection of the line
( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and the plane . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
28. If the points ( ) ( ) be equidistant from the plane
.( ̂ ̂ ̂) then find the value of P.
29. Find the equation of the plane through (a, b, c) and parallel to the plane
.( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
30. Find the vector equation of the line passing through (1,2,3) & perpendicular
to the plane . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 213
Three Dimensional Geometry
31. Find the vector equation of the line passing through (1,2,3) and parallel to
the planes . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) and . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
32. If the angle between the line and the plane

is (√ ) then find .

33. Find the image of the point (-1,3,4) in the plane .


34. Find the image of the point having position vector ̂ ̂ ̂ in the plane
. ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
35. Prove that the lines , and ,
are perpendicular if .
36. Find the equation of the plane through the intersection of the planes
37. . ( ̂ )̂ and . ( ̂ ̂ ̂) whose perpendicular distance
from origin is unity.
38. Find the equation of the plane passing through the points (2,1,-1) & (-1,3,4)
and perpendicular to the plane .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 214


Probability
Probability
Definition: It is a chance of occurrence of something. [experiment, task)
Random Experiment: An experiment is called random experiment if its satisfy the
following conditions.
1. It has more than one possible outcome.
2. It is not possible to predict the outcome in advance.
Example: Toss of a coin: Here, outcome appears either head or tail.

Outcomes: A possible result of a random experiment is called its outcome.


Example: Consider the experiment of rolling a die the outcome of this experiment
are 1,2,3,4,5,6.

Sample Space: The set of all possible outcomes of random experiment is called a
sample space. Sample space is denoted by ‘S’
Example: A coin is tossed twice. The possible outcomes are, HH, HT, TH, TT.
Therefore sample space

Sample Point: Each element of the sample space is called sample point.

Event: Event is the subset of sample space and it is denoted by E


Example: A coins is tossed twice. Then sample space,
Let ‘E’ be an event of at least one tail occurs

Types of Events
1) Impossible Event: An event which has no sample points of a sample space is
called impossible event.
Example: A coin is tossed twice, the sample space
Let A be an event of exactly 3 heads
2) Sure Event: An event which has all sample point of a sample space is called
sure event.
Example: A coin is tossed twice then sample space
Let ‘B’ be an event of “at most 2 heads”

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 215


Probability
3) Simple Event : An event which has only one sample point of a sample space is
called a simple event.
Example: A coil is tossed twice then
Let C be an event of ‘exactly 2 heads’
4) Compound Event : An event which as more than one sample point of a sample
space.
Example: A coil is tossed twice then
let ‘D’ be an event at least one tail occur

Algebra of Event
Let A and B be two events associated with the sample space ‘S’
1. |
2. |
3. A but not B |
4. not A |
Example: consider an experiment of ‘rolling a die’
Let A be an event of ‘prime number’ and B be an event of even
numbers
Then,
1) A or B
2) A and B
3) A but not B
4) Not

Mutually Exclusive Event:


Let two events A and B associated with sample space S is said to be mutually
exclusive events if .
Example: consider an experiment of rolling die
Let ‘A’ be an event of getting an even number and B be an event of
getting an odd number

Now, A and B are mutually exclusive event.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 216


Probability
Mutually Exhaustive Event: Events are said to Mutually
exhaustive events if , where is the sample space.
Example: consider the experiment of rolling a die
Let A be an event of the number greater than 4
B be an event of the number lesser than 4
C be an event of the number greater than 2 but not less than 5
Now, A,B,C are exhaustive events

Probability of an event:
Let S be the sample space of an experiment and A be an event of S then,
( )
probability of an event ‘A’ is given by ( ) ( )
Note: 1) ( )
2) Let S be the sample of an experiment and A,B and C be an events
associated with ‘S’ then
1) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2) If ( ) ( ) ( )
3) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
4) ( ) ( )
5) ( ) ( ) ( )
6) ( ) ( ) ( )
7) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
8) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

Conditional Probability
If A and B are two events associated with the sample space of a random
experiment then the conditional probability of an event A given that B has already
( )
occurred is ( | ) ( | ) ( )
( )
( )
Similarly ( | ) ( )
( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 217


Probability
Note:
If S is a finite and ( ) ( ) ( ) are given then,
( )
( ) ( ) ( )
1) ( | ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )

( )
( ) ( ) ( )
2) ( | ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )

Properties of Conditional Probability


1) If A is an event of a sample space of an experiment then
( | ) ( )
( ) ( )
Proof: ( | ) ( ) ( )

2) If A is an event of a sample space ‘S” of an random experiment then


( | ) Where ( )
( ) ( )
Proof: ( | )
( ) ( )

3) If A , B and C are any 3 events of a sample space S then,


[( )| ] [ | ] ( | ) [( )| ]
[( ) ] [( ) ( )]
Proof: LHS = [( )| ]
( ) ( )

( ) ( ) [( ) ( )] ( ) ( ) [( ) ]
( ) ( )

( ) ( ) [( ) ]
( | ) ( | ) [( )| ]
( ) ( ) ( )

4) If A and B are two events defined on the sample space S then


( | ) ( | ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
LHS ( | )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

( | )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 218


Probability
Note
( ) ( )
1) ( | )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
2) ( | )
( ) ( )
3) ( | )
4) ( | )
5) [( )| ] ( | ) ( | ) [( )| ]
6) ( | ) ( | )

Problems
1) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
2) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
3) If ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
4) If ( ) ( ) then find ( | ) if exists.
5) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find
( | ) ( | )
6) If ( ) ( ) ( | ) then find ( )
7) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find
) ( ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( | )
8) If ( ) ( ) ( | ) then find
1) ( ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( )
9) Let A and B are two events such that
( ) ( | ) ( | ) then find ( )
10) If ( | ) ( | ) ( ) ( )
11) If A is a subset of B then prove that ( | )
12) If ( | )
13) A pair of die is rolled, consider an events
then find
1) ( | ) ( | )
2) ( | ) ( | )
3) [ )| ] [ )| ]
14) A fair die is rolled consider an events then find
( | )
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 219
Probability
15) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find
1) ( | ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( | ) 4) ( | )
16) A coin is tossed 3 times then find ( | ), where
1) E : Head on third toss and F : Head on first two tosses
2) E : atleast two heads and F : at most two heads
3) E : atmost two tails and F : atleast two tail
17) Two coins are tossed once then find ( | ) where
1) E : tail appears on one coin and F : one coin shows head
2) E : no tail appears and F : no head appears
18) Consider an experiment of tossing two fair coins simultaneously. Find the
probability that both are heads. Given that atleast one of them is head.
19) A family has 2 children, what is the probability that both the children are
boys given that atleast one of them is boy.
20) A couple has 2 children find the probability that both are girls if it is known
that elder child is girls.
21) A couple has 2 children, find the probability that both are boys given that
1) atleast one of the children is girl
2) the elder child is a boy
3) the elder child is a boy or girl
22) A family has 2 children. What is the conditional probability that both are
girls. Given that 1) The youngest is a girl 2) Atleast one of them is a girl
23) Mother, father and son line up at random for a family picture then find
( | ) where event E is defined as son on one end and F is defined as
father is middle.
24) A die is thrown three times, events A and B are given as follows
A : four on the third throw and B : six and five appears respectively on 1 st
two tosses . Find ( | )
25) A die is thrown 3 times events A and B are defined as follows.
Event A : 1 on first throw and Event B : 2 and 3 on second and third throw.
Find the probability of ‘A’ given that ‘B’ has already occurred and also find
nonoccurrence of B given that ‘A’ has already occurred.
26) A pair of die are thrown, an event A and B are as follows,
A : the sum of 2 nos on the die is 8 and B : there is an even number on the
first die. Find the conditional probability ( | ) ( | )
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 220
Probability
27) Given that the 2 number appears on throwing two dice are different. Find
the probability of an event the sum of the number is 4.
28) A black and red dice are rolled.
a) Find the conditional probability of obtaining the sum greater than 9.
Given that black die resulted as 5.
b) Find the conditional probability of obtaining the sum 8 given that the
red die resulted is a number less than 4.
29) 3 dice are thrown at the same time. Find the probability of getting 3
numbers as 2, if it is known that the sum of numbers on the dice is 6.
30) 10 cards numbered from 1 to 10 are placed in a box mix up thoroughly and
1 card is drawn random, if it is known that the number on the drawn card is
more than 3. What is the probability that an even number it is.
31) 12 cards numbered from 1 to 12 are placed in a box mix up and 1 card is
drawn at random if it is known that the number in the drawn card is more
than 4. Find the probability that it is odd number.
32) In a school there are 1000 students out of which 430 are girls, it is known
that out of 430, 10% of the girls study in class XII. What is the probability
that a student chosen randomly studies in class XII. Given that chosen
student is a girl.
33) An instructor has question bank consisting of 300 easy true/false questions,
200 difficult true/false questions, 500 easy multiple choice questions and
400 difficult MCQ’s. If a question is selected at random from the question
bank. What is the probability that it will be an easy question given that it’s
a MCQ.
34) In a hostel 60% of students read Hindi newspaper, 40% of students read
English newspaper and 20% read both Hindi and English newspapers.
A student is selected at random then,
a) Find the probability that she reads neither Hindi nor English newspaper.
b) If she reads Hindi newspaper find the probability that she also reads
English newspapers.
c) If she reads English newspaper find the probability that she also reads
Hindi newspapers.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 221
Probability
35) A person has undertaken a construction job. The probabilities are 0.65 that
three will be strike, 0.80 that the construction job will be completed on
time if there is no strike and 0.32 that construction job will be completed
on time if there is a strike. Determine the probability that the construction
job will be completed on time.

Multiplication Theorem on Probability


If A and B are two events associated with the sample space of a random
experiment then the probability of simultaneous occurrence of two events A and B
is given by
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( )
( )
Proof: W.K.T. ( | ) ( ) ( ) ( | )
( )
( )
Similarly ( | ) ( ) ( ) ( | )
( )

Multiplication Theorem on Probability for more than 2 events


Let A, B and C be three events of a sample space then,
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( | )
( )
Proof: ( | )
( )
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | ) ( | )

Note: Let be an events then ( )


( ) ( | ) ( | ) ( | )

Independent Events:
Two events A and B are said to independent If ( | ) ( ), where
( ) and ( | ) ( ) ( )
Note: Two events A and B are said to be independent if
( ) ( ) ( ), where ( ) ( )
( )
Because: ( | ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 222


Probability

Note:
1) If two events A and B are not independent then they are called dependent
events i.e., ( ) ( ) ( )
2) Three events A,B,C are said to be mutually independent,
If ( ) ( ) ( ), ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

Result 1: Two independent events A and B where ( ) and ( ) are not


mutually exclusive.
Proof: Given, A and B are independent events ( ) ( ) ( )
Since ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
A and B are not mutually exclusive

Result -2: Two mutually exclusive events A and B where P(A) and P(B) are not
independent events.
Proof: Given A and B are mutually exclusive events
( ) ( )
Since, ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
From (1) and (2) ( ) ( ) ( )
A and B are not independent events.

Problems:
1) A Urn contains 10 black and 5 white balls, 2 balls are drawn one after the
other without replacement. What is the probability that both drawn balls
are black.
2) Two cards are drawn random without replacement from a pack of 52
playing cards. Find the probability that both are black cards.
3) 3 cards drawn successively without replacement from a pack of 52 well
shuffled cards. What is the probability that 1 st two cards are king and 3rd
card drawn is ace.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 223


Probability
4) A box of oranges inspected by examining 3 randomly selected oranges
drawn without replacement. If all the 3 oranges are good the box is
approved for sale. Otherwise it is rejected. Find the probability that a box
containing 15 oranges out of which 12 are good and 3 are bad ones will be
approved for sale?
5) If A and B are independent events then prove that
a) A and B’ b) A’ and B
c) A’ and B’ are also independent
6) If A and B are two independent events then prove that the probability of
occurrence of atleast one of A and B is given by ( ) ( )
7) If ( ) ( ) then find ( ) if A & B are independent events.
8) Let E and F be two events such that ( ) ( ) and
( ) Are E and F independent events?
9) If ( ) ( ) ( ) then state whether
A or B are independent.
10) If A and B are two independent events such that ( ) and
( ) then find P(not A and not B)
11) If A and B are independent events with ( ) ( ) then find
a) ( ) b) ( ) c) ( | ) d) ( | )
12) If A and B are independent events such that ( ) ( )
Then find 1) P(A and B) 2) P(A and not B)
3) P(A or B) 4) P (neither A nor B)
13) A and B are events such that ( ) ( ) ( ) Then
find q if they are a. Mutually exclusive b. Independent
14) If A pair of dice are rolled such that ‘A’ be an event “sum of the numbers
on the dice is 7” and B be an event ‘two dice have same numbers’. check
whether A and B are mutually exclusive or independent.
15) A fair coin and unbiased die are tossed. Let ‘A’ be an event ‘head appears
on the coin’ and B be an event 3 on the die. Check whether A and B are
independent or not.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 224


Probability
16) A coin is tossed twice, let A be an event of ‘getting a head’ in the first
throw and ‘B’ be an event of ‘getting a tail in the second throw’ state
weather A and B are mutually exclusive or independent.
17) A die is marked 1,2,3 in Red & 4,5,6 in green is tossed let ‘A’ be an event
that ‘the number is even’ and B be an event that ‘the number is Red’.
State whether A and B are independent or not.
18) A die is thrown, if E be an event, the number appearing is a multiple of 3
and F be an event the number appearing is even? Then state whether E
and F are independent or not.
19) An unbiased dice is thrown twice, let A be an event ‘odd number on the
first thrown’ let ‘B’ be an event odd number on the second thrown check
whether A and B are independent or not.
20) 3 coins are tossed simultaneously consider an event E “3 heads or 3 tails”.
F be an event ‘atleast 2 heads’ and G be an event ‘atmost 2 heads’. Of the
pairs (E,F), (E,G) (F,G) which are independent? Which are dependent?
21) One card is drawn at random from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards. In
which of the following cases , events E and F are independent.
1) E : the card drawn is a spade and F: the card drawn is an ace
2) E : the card drawn is black and F : the card drawn is a king
3) E : the card drawn is a king or queen and F : the card drawn is a queen
or jack
22) Probability of solving a specific problem independently by A and B are

and respectively. If both try to solve the problem then find the
probability that
a) the problem is solved
b) exactly one of them solves the problem
23) Two balls are drawn at random with replacement from a box containing
10 black and 8 red balls find the probability that
a) Both are red b) 1st ball is black and second is red
c) One of them is black and other is red

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 225


Probability
Partition of a Sample Space
A set of events is said to be represent a partition of a
sample space S if
1)
2)
3) ( )
Example: 1) consider an experiment of tossing a pair of coins

Same faces on both the toss and different faces on both the toss
and
Clearly, ( ) ( ) , and

is a partition of a sample space


Example 2) Consider an experiment of tossing a pair of coins

atleast one head and Exactly 2 tails


and
Clearly, ( ) ( ) ,
is a partition of a sample space
Note : Partition of a sample space is not unique

Theorem on Total Probability


Statement : let be a partition of the sample space S and ‘A’ be any event
associated with S then,
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )
Proof:
Let be a partition of the sample space S.

Let A be any event associated with S


W.K.T ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) [ ) ( )]
( ) ( ) ( ) [( ) ( )]
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 226


Probability
Similarly
1) If be a partition of the sample space S and A be any event associated
with S then, ( ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )
2) If be a partition of sample space S and A be any event associated
with S then, ( ) ( ) ( | ) ( )( | ) ( ) ( | )

Bayes’ Theorem
Statement: Let be a partition of the sample space and ‘A’ be
any event associated with then,
( ) ( | )
( | )
( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )
( )
Proof: ( | ) ( )
( )
( ) ( | )
[ ]
( )
( ) ( | )
( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )
(by the theorem on total probability)

Note: If ( ) ( ) ( )
( | )
Then the Bayes’ Theorem becomes ( | ) ( | ) ( | ) ( | )

Problems:
1) A Urn contains 5 red and 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random, its colour
is noted and returned to the urn, moreover two additional balls of the
colour drawn are put in the urn and then a ball is drawn at random. What
is the probability that the second ball is red.
2) Bag I contains 3 red and 4 black balls and bag II contains 4 red and 5 black
balls. One ball is transformed from bag I to bag II and then a ball is drawn
from bag II. The drawn ball is count to be red. Find the probability that the
transformed ball is black.
3) Bag I contains 3 red and 4 black balls, Bag II contains 5 red and 6 black balls,
one ball is drawn random from one of the bag and it is found to be red find
the probability that it was drawn from bag two?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 227


Probability
4) A bag contains 4 red and 4 black balls, another bag contains 2 red and 6
black balls. One of the two bags is selected at random and a ball is drawn
from the bag which is found to be red. Find the probability that the ball is
drawn from the first bag.
5) Given three identical boxes I, II and III, each containing two coins. In box I,
both coins are gold coins, in box II, both are silver coins and in the box III,
there is one gold and one silver coin. A person chooses a box at random
and takes out a coin. If the coin is of gold, what is the probability that the
other coin in the box is also of gold?
6) Colour balls are distributed in 4 boxes are shown in the following table.

Colour
Box
Black White Red Blue
I 3 4 5 6
II 2 2 2 2
III 1 2 3 1
IV 4 3 1 5

A box is selected at random and then a ball is randomly drawn from the
selected box. The colour of the ball is black, what is the probability that ball
drawn is from the box III?
7) If A,B,C and D are 4 boxes containing coloured marbles as given below
Marbles
Box
Red White Black
A 1 3 6
B 6 2 2
C 8 1 1
D 0 6 4

One of the boxes has been selected at random and a single marble is drawn
from it. If the marble is red, what is the probability that it was drawn from
box A?, box B?, box C?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 228


Probability
8) In answering a multiple choice question a student either knows the answer
or guesses. Let be the probability that he knows the answer and be the
probability that he guesses. Assuming that a student who guesses the
answer will be correct with the probability . What is the probability that a
student knows the answer. Given that he answered it correctly.
9) Of the students in a college it is known that 60% reside in hostel and 40%
are day scholar. Previous year results report that 30% of the student who
reside in hostel attain ‘A’ grade and 20% of day scholars attain ‘A’ grade in
their annual examination. At the end of the year one student is chosen at
random from college and he has ‘A’ grade. What is the probability that the
student is a hosteller?
10) A factory, which manufactures bolts, machines A, B and C manufacture
respectively 25%, 35% and 40% of the bolts. Of their outputs, 5, 4 & 2
percent are respectively defective bolts. A bolt is drawn at random from
the product and it is found to be defective. What is the probability that it is
manufactured by the machine B?
11) A manufacturer has three machine operators A, B and C. The first operator
A produces 1% defective items, whereas the other two operators B and C
pro-duce 5% and 7% defective items respectively. A is on the job for 50% of
the time, B is on the job for 30% of the time and C is on the job for 20% of
the time. A defective item is produced, what is the probability that it was
produced by A?
12) A factory has two machines A and B. Past record shows that machine A
produced 60% of the items of output and machine B produced 40% of the
items. Further, 2% of the items produced by machine A and 1% produced
by machine B were defective. All the items are put into one stockpile and
then one item is chosen at random from this and is found to be defective.
What is the probability that it was produced by machine B?
13) Suppose that 5% of male and 0.25% of female have grey hair, A grey haired
person is selected at random, what is the probability of this person being
male? Assume that there are equal no of males and females.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 229


Probability
14) Suppose that the reliability of a HIV test is specified as follows: Of people
having HIV, 90% of the test detect the disease but 10% go undetected. Of
people free of HIV, 99% of the test are judged HIV –ve but 1% are
diagnosed as showing HIV +ve. From a large population of which only 0.1%
have HIV, one person is selected at random, given the HIV test, and the
pathologist reports him/her as HIV +ve. What is the probability that the
person actually has HIV?
15) A laboratory blood test is 99% effective in detecting a certain disease when
it is in fact, present. However, the test also yields a false positive result for
0.5% of the healthy person. If 0.1 percent of the population actually has the
disease, what is the probability that a person has the disease given that his
test result is positive?
16) If a machine is correctly set up it produces 90% acceptable items. If it is
incorrectly setup it produces 40% of acceptable items. Past experiences
shows that 80% of the set up are correctly done. After a certain setup a
machine produces two acceptable items. Find the probability that the
machine is correctly setup.
17) An insurance company insured 2000 scooter drivers, 4000 car drivers and
6000 truck drivers. The probability of an accidents are 0.01, 0.03 and 0.15
respectively. One of the insured persons meets with an accident. What is
the probability that he is a scooter driver?
18) Two groups competing for the position on the board of directors of a
corporation. The probabilities that the first and second groups will win are
0.6 and 0.4 respectively. Further, if the first group wins, the probability of
introducing a new product is 0.7 and the corresponding probability is 0.3 if
the second group wins. Find the probability that the new product was
introduced by the second group.
19) A doctor is to visit a patient. From the past experience it is known that the
probabilities that he will come by train, bus , scooter or by other means of
transportation are respectively. The probability that he will
be late are If he comes by train, bus and scooter respectively.
But he comes by the means of transport he will not be late. When he is
late. What is the probability that he came by trains.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 230


Probability
20) There are three coins. One is a two headed coin (having head on both
faces), another is a biased coin that comes up heads 75% of the time and
third is an unbiased coin. One of the three coins is chosen at random and
tossed, it shows heads, what is the probability that it was the two headed
coin?
21) Suppose a girl throws a die if she gets 5 or 6 she tosses a coin 3 times and
notes the no of head . If she gets 1, 2, 3 or 4 she tosses a coin once and
notes whether head or tail is obtained. If she obtained exactly one head
what is the probability that she got 1,2,3 or 4 with a die.
22) A card from a pack of 52 cards is lost. From the remaining cards of the
pack, two cards are drawn and are found to be both diamonds. Find the
probability of the lost card being a diamond.
23) Probability that a person speaks truth is , A coin is tossed a person reports
that head appears. Find the probability that it is actually head.
24) A man is known to speak truth 3 out of 4 times. He throws a die and
reports that it is a six. Find the probability that it is actually a six.
Random Variable
A real valued function is said to be random variable if every
element of S is associated with unique element in R.
Example: consider on experiment of tossing a pair of coins

Let x denotes the number of heads obtained then, ( ) ,


( ) , ( ) and ( )
and The range of
Note:
1) The domain of random variable X is the sample space and co-domain of X
is the set of real number.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 231


Probability
Probability Distribution of a Random Variable
Let X be a random variable with range
let ( ) is the probability of the random variable X where

∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

Then the set of ( ) ( ) ( ) is called probability distribution of x.


and the probability distribution table is as follows
......
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . . . . .. ( )

Problems
1) An urn contains 5 red & 2 black balls, two balls are randomly selected. Let x
represents the number of black balls. What are the possible values of x.
2) A coin is tossed 3 times. let x represents the number of tails. What are the
possible values of x.
3) A person plays a game of tossing a coin thrice. For each head he takes Rs. 2
by the organiser of the game. For each tail he has to give RS. 1.50 to the
organiser. Let x denotes the amount gained /lossed by person. Show that X
is a random variable and exhibit it has a function on the sample space of
the experiment.
4) State which of the following are not probability distribution of random
variable.
X 0 1 2
1) P(X) 0.4 0.2 0.4

2) X 0 1 2 3 4
P(X) 0.1 0.5 0.2 -0.1 0.3

3) Y -1 0 1
P(Y) 0.6 0.1 0.2

5) Find the probability distribution of number of heads in 2 tosses of a coin.


6) Find the probability distribution of number of tails in 3 tosses of a coin.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 232


Probability
7) Find the probability distribution of number of heads in 4 tosses of a coin.
8) Find the probability distribution of number of success in 2 tosses of die
where success is defined as
a) No > 4 b) 6 appears on atleast 1 die
9) A coin is biased so that a head is 3 times as likely to occur as tail. If the coin
is tossed twice find the probability distribution of number of tails.
10) Two cards are drawn with replacement from a pack 52 cards find the
probability distribution of number of ace cards.
11) Probability distribution of x is
X 0 1 2 3 4
P(X) 0.1 k 2k 2k k
Where k is constant then find k.
12) The random variable has a probability distribution P(X) has following form
where k is constant.

( ) {

a) Find value of K
b) Find ( ) ( ) ( )
13) Let x denotes number of hours you study during a randomly selected
school days, X has probability distribution p(x) of the following form where
k is a constant .

( ) {
( )

a) Find the value of k


b) What is the probability that you study 2 hours? Exactly 2 hrs? atmost
2 hrs?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 233


Probability
Mean of a Random Variable:
Let x be a random variable. If are the values of x with
the probabilities ( ) ( ) ( ) respectively, then the mean
of ∑ ( )
It is also called as expectation of x and denoted by ( )

( ) ∑ ( )

Variance of a Random Variable :


Let x be a random variable , are the values of x with the
probabilities ( ) ( ) ( ) respectively and ( ) is the mean of
then variance of is denoted by ( ) or

( ) ∑ ( ) [∑ ( )]

( ) ( ) [ ( )]
Standard deviation of x : √ ( ) is called standard deviation of x.
√ ( )

Problems
1) The probability distribution of x is ,
X 0.5 1 1.5 2

P(X) K
Find the mean of X
2) Find mean of heads in 3 tosses of coin.
3) Two numbers are selected random without replacement from positive
integers 1st to 6th. let X denotes the larger of the 2 numbers obtained. Find
mean of .
4) Find the variance of the number obtained on a thrown of unbiased die.
5) Find the variance of the probability distribution 0,1,2,3,4,5
X 0 1 2 3 4 5
P(X)

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 234


Probability
6) Random variable x has the probability distribution of the following
X 2 3 4
P(X)
Find mean and Variance.
7) Two cards are drawn simultaneously without replacement from a pack of 52
cards. Find the mean, variance and S.D. of the number of kings.
8) In a meeting 70% of the number favour & 30% oppose a certain proposal. A
member is selected at the random and we take if he opposed and
if he is in favour. Find ( ) ( ).
9) A class has 15 students whose ages are 14,17,15,14,21,17,19,20,16,18,20,
17,16,19 and 20 yrs. One student is selected in such a manner that each has
same chance of being chosen and the age x of the selected student is
recorded. Then find the variance of age.

Bernoulli Trials and Binomial Distribution


Bernoulli Trials : Trials of a random experiment are called Bernoulli trials if they
satisfies the following conditions
i) Number of trials should be finite
ii) Each trial has only two outcomes success and failure
iii) Trial should be independent
iv) The probability of any one of the two outcomes remains same in each trial.

Note:
i) If the probability of the outcome success is , the
probability of failure is then
ii) If X denotes the number of success in ‘n’ Bernoulli trials then the possible
values of x are

Binomial Experiment : An experiment consisting of ‘n’ Bernoulli trials is called


binomial experiment.

Binomial Random Variable Experiment : Random variable of the binomial


experiment is called binomial random variable experiment.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 235


Probability
Binomial Distribution : The probability distribution of a binomial variable is called
a binomial distribution.
Consider an experiment with ‘n’ Bernoulli trials
denotes the number of successes
Possible values of x are then the probability distribution of x is
X 0 1 2 --- x --- n
( ) - ---
is called binomial distribution or Bernoulli distribution. Here P(X) is called
binomial function.

Note:
1) In an experiment there are ‘n’ Bernoulli trials and p is the probability if
success in each trial the binomial distribution is denoted by ( )
2) ( )
3) ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )

∑ ( )

4) ( ) ( )
5) ( ) ( )

Problems :
1) 6 balls are drawn successively from an urn containing 7 red and 9 black
balls. State whether or not the trials of drawing balls are Bernoulli trials.
When after each drawn the drawn ball is i) Replaced ii) not replaced to the
urn.
2) 10 eggs are drawn successively with replacement from a bag containing
10% defective eggs. Find the probability that there is atleast one defective
egg.
3) A die is thrown 6 times if getting an odd number is success what is the
probability of
a. 5 success b. Atleast 5 success c. Atmost 5 success

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 236


Probability
4) Find the probability of getting five exactly twice in 7 throws of a die.
5) Find the probability of getting atmost 2 sixes in 6 throws of a single die.
6) A fair coin is tossed 8 times find the probability of
a. Atmost five heads b. Atleast five heads
7) A fair coin is tossed 10 times. Find the probability of
a. Exactly 6 heads b. Atleast 6 heads
c. Atmost 6 heads
8) There are 5% defective items in a large bulk of items. What is the
probability that a sample of 10 items will include not more than 1 defective
item.
9) A pair of dies is thrown four times. If getting a doublet is consider as a
success find the probability of two success.
10) 5 cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well shuffled deck
of 52 cards. What is the probability that
a. All the 5 cards are spade
b. Only 3 cards are spade c. None is a spade
11) A person buys a lottery tickets in 50 lotteries, in each of which his chance
of winning a price is . what is the probability that he will win a price.
a. Atleast once b. Exactly once c. Atleast twice?
12) A factory produces bulbs the probability that anyone bulb is defective is
and they are packed in boxes of 10. From a single box find the probability
that
a. None of the bulb is defective
b. Exactly two bulbs are defective.
c. More than 8 bulbs worked properly
13) The probability that a bulb produced by a factor will fuse about 150 days of
use is 0.05. find the probability that out of 5 such bulbs.
a. None b. Not more than one
c. Atleast one will fuse after 150 days of use
14) It is known that 10% of certain articles manufacture are defective. What is
the probability that in a random sample of 12 such articles 9 are defective.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 237


Probability
15) In an examination 20 questions of true false type are asked suppose a
student tosses a fair coin to determine his answer to each question. If the
coin falls head he answers true. If it false he answers false. Find the
probability that he answers atleast 12 questions correctly.
16) On a multiple choice examination with 3 possible answer for each of the 5
questions. What is the probability that a candidate would getting 4 or
more correct answers just by guessing.
17) Suppose that 90% of the people are right handed what is the probability
that atmost 6 of a random sample of 10% people are right handed.
18) In an experiment successes is twice as failure. Find the probability that next
6 trails there will be atleast 4 successes.
19) Suppose x has binomial distribution ( ) show that is the most
likely outcome.
20) Find the mean of the binomial distribution ( )

Assignments
1. A die is thrown three times. Events A and B are defined as
A : 1 on the first throw
B : 2 & 3 on the second and third throw
Find the probability of A given that B has already occurred and the
probability of non occurrence of B given that A has already occurred.
2. A pair of dice are thrown, if an events A & B are
A : The sum of the two numbers on the dice is 8
B : There is an even number on the first die
Find the conditional probabilities ( ) and ( ).
3. A die is thrown twice and sum of the numbers appeared is observed to be
six. What is the conditional probability that the number 4 has appeared
atleast once.
4. Three dice are thrown at the same time. Find the probability of getting
three Two’s if it is known that sum of the numbers on the dice was six.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 238


Probability
5. 10% of the bulbs produced in a factory are of red color and 2% are red &
defective. If one bulb is selected at random, find the probability of its being
defective, if it is red.
6. An electronic assembly consists two subsystems A and B. From previous
testing procedures, the following probabilities are assumed to be known :
( ) , ( ) , ( )
Then find ( ) and ( ).
7. A committee of 4 students is selected at random from a group consisting 8
boys and 4 girls. Given that there is at least one girl in the committee, find
the probability that there are exactly two girls on the committee.
8. For a loaded die, the probabilities of outcomes are given as : ( )
( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) and ( ) . the die is thrown
two times. If A is an event’ same number on each die’ and B is an event
‘sum of the numbers is 10 or more’ then state whether A and B are
independent or not.
9. Bag I contains 3 black and 2 white balls, Bag II contains 2 black and 4 white
balls. A bag and a ball is selected at random. find the probability of selecting
a black ball.
10. Three bags contain a number of red and white balls as follows :
Bag 1 : 3 red balls , Bag 2 : 2 red & 1 white balls , Bag 3 : 3 white balls.
The probability that bag I will be chosen and a ball is selected from it is ,

a) What is the probability that i) a red ball selected ii) a white ball is
selected
b) If a white ball is selected, what is the probability that it came from
i) Bag 2 ii) Bag 3.
11. A manufacture has three machine operators A, B and C. The first operator
A produces 1% defective items, B and C produces 5% & 7% defective items
respectively. A is on the job for 50% of the time, B is on the job for 30% of
the time and C is on the job for 20% of the time. A defective item is
produced, what is the probability that it was produced by A?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 239


Probability
12. A laboratory blood test is 99% effective in detecting a certain disease when
it is in fact, present. However, the test yields a false positive result for 0.5%
of the healthy tested. If 0.1% of the population actually has the disease,
what is the probability that a person has the disease given that his test
result is positive?
13. A bag contains 2 white and 1 red balls. One ball is drawn at random and
then put back in to the bag after noting its color. The process is repeated
again. If X denotes the number of red balls recorded in the two draws,
describe X.
14. Four balls are to be drawn without replacement from a box containing 8
red and 4 white balls. If X denotes the number of red ball drawn. Find the
probability distribution of X.
15. Probability distribution of X is
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P(X) 0

Find i) k ii) P(X<3) iii) P(X>6) iv) P(0<X<3)

16. Suppose that 90% of people are right-handed. What is the probability that
at most 6 of a random sample of 10 people are right-handed?
17. A bag consists of 10 balls each marked with one of the digits 0 to 9. If four
balls are drawn successively with replacement from the bag, what is the
probability that none is marked with the digit 0?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 240


Linear Programming
Linear Programming

Definition:
Linear programming is a collection of procedures for maximizing or minimizing
linear functions subject to some constraints in the form of linear inequalities or
linear equalities.
Linear Programming Problem (LPP) : A LLP may be defined as the problem of
optimizing (maximizing or minimizing) a linear function subject to linear
constraints.
Definitions of terms used in LPP:
1. Optimal Value: The maximum or minimum value of LPP is called Optimal
value.
2. Objective function: Linear function Z = ax + by, where a, b are constants,
which has to be maximised or minimized is called objective function.
3. Decision variables: If Z = ax + by is objective function then variables x and y
are called decision variables.
4. Constraints : The linear inequalities or equations or restrictions on the
variables of a linear programming problem are called constraints.
5. Optimisation problem: A problem which seeks to maximise or minimise a
linear function subject to certain constraints as determined by a set of
linear inequalities is called an otimisation problem.
6. Feasible region: The common region determined by all the constraints of a
linear programming problem is called the feasible region.
7. Feasible solutions: Points within and on the boundary of the feasible
region of LPP is called feasible solutions.
8. Infeasible solution: Any point lying outside the feasible region of an LPP is
called an infeasible solution.
9. Optimal solution: Any point in the feasible region that gives the optimal
value (maximum or minimum) of the objective function is called an
optimal solution.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 241


Linear Programming
10. Bounded and unbounded feasible region: A feasible region of a system of
linear inequalities is said to be bounded if it can be enclosed within a
circle. Otherwise, it is called unbounded.
11. Corner point: A corner point of a feasible region is a point in the region
which is the intersection of two boundary lines.

Theorem: Let R be the feasible region for a linear programming problem, and let
be the objective function.
i. If R is bounded, then the objective function Z has both a maximum and
a minimum value on R and each of these occurs at a corner point of R.
ii. If R is unbounded, then a maximum or a minimum value of the
objective function may or may not exist. However, if it exists, it must
occur at a corner point of R.

Method for Solving LPP:


Step1: Find the feasible region of the LPP and determine its corner points by
solving the two equations of the line intersecting at that point.
Step2: Evaluate the objective function at each corner point. Let
M and m be the largest and smallest values these points.
Step3: If the feasible region is bounded, then M and m are the maximum and
minimum values of the objective function Z.
Step4: In case, the feasible is unbounded we have,

(i) M is the maximum value of Z, if the open half plane determined by


has no common point with the feasible region; otherwise, Z has no
maximum value.
(ii) m is the minimum value of Z, if the open half plane determined by
has no common point with the feasible region; otherwise, Z has no
minimum value.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 242


Linear Programming
Problems:
Solve the following linear programming problem graphically:
1. Maximize and Minimize the following
1) Subject to the constraints:

2) Subject to the constraints:

3) Subject to the constraints:

4) Subject to the constraints,

5) Subject to the constraints,

6) Subject to the constraints,

7) Subject to the constraints,

8) Subject to the constraints,

2. A factory makes tennis rackets and cricket bats. A tennis racket takes
1.5 hours of machine time and 3 hours of craftman’s time in its making while
a cricket bat takes 3 hour of machine time and 1 hour of craftman’s time. In
a day, the factory has the availability of not more than 42 hours of machine
time and 24 hours of craftsman’s time.
i) What number of rackets and bats must be made if the factory is to work
at full capacity?
ii) If the profit on a racket and on a bat is Rs 20 and Rs 10 respectively, find
the maximum profit of the factory when it works at full capacity.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 243


Linear Programming
3. A merchant plans to sell two types of personal computers – a desktop model
and a portable model that will cost Rs 25000 and Rs 40000 respectively. He
estimates that the total monthly demand of computers will not exceed
250 units. Determine the number of units of each type of computers which
the merchant should stock to get maximum profit if he does not want to
invest more than Rs 70 lakhs and if his profit on the desktop model is
Rs 4500 and on portable model is Rs 5000.
4. A cottage industry manufactures pedestal lamps and wooden shades, each
requiring the use of a grinding/cutting machine and a sprayer. It takes
2 hours on grinding/cutting machine and 3 hours on the sprayer to
manufacture a pedestal lamp. It takes 1 hour on the grinding/cutting
machine and 2 hours on the sprayer to manufacture a shade. On any day,
the sprayer is available for at the most 20 hours and the grinding/cutting
machine for at the most 12 hours. The profit from the sale of a lamp is Rs 5
and that from a shade is Rs 3. Assuming that the manufacturer can sell all
the lamps and shades that he produces, how should he schedule his daily
production in order to maximise his profit?
5. A manufacturer produces nuts and bolts. It takes 1 hour of work on machine
A and 3 hours on machine B to produce a package of nuts. It takes 3 hours
on machine A and 1 hour on machine B to produce a package of bolts. He
earns a profit of Rs17.50 per package on nuts and Rs 7.00 per package on
bolts. How many packages of each should be produced each day so as to
maximise his profit, if he operates his machines for at the most 12 hours a
day?
6. A manufacturer has three machines I, II and III installed in his factory.
Machines I and II are capable of being operated for at most 12 hours
whereas machine III must be operated for atleast 5 hours a day. She
produces only two items M and N each requiring the use of all the three
machines. The number of hours required for producing 1 unit of each of M
and N on the three machines are given in the following table:

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 244


Linear Programming

Number of hours required on machines


Items
I II III
M 1 2 1
N 2 1 1.25
She makes a profit of Rs 600 and Rs 400 on items M and N respectively. How
many of each item should she produce so as to maximise her profit
assuming that she can sell all the items that she produced? What will be the
maximum profit?
7. One kind of cake requires 200g of flour and 25g of fat, and another kind of
cake requires 100g of flour and 50g of fat. Find the maximum number of
cakes which can be made from 5kg of flour and 1 kg of fat assuming that
there is no shortage of the other ingredients used in making the cakes.
8. Reshma wishes to mix two types of food P and Q in such a way that the
vitamin contents of the mixture contain at least 8 units of vitamin A and
11 units of vitamin B. Food P costs Rs 60/kg and Food Q costs Rs 80/kg. Food
P contains 3 units/kg of Vitamin A and 5 units / kg of Vitamin B while food Q
contains 4 units/kg of Vitamin A and 2 units/kg of vitamin B. Determine the
minimum cost of the mixture.
9. A dietician has to develop a special diet using two foods P and Q. Each
packet (containing 30 g) of food P contains 12 units of calcium, 4 units of
iron, 6 units of cholesterol and 6 units of vitamin A. Each packet of the same
quantity of food Q contains 3 units of calcium, 20 units of iron, 4 units of
cholesterol and 3 units of vitamin A. The diet requires atleast 240 units of
calcium, atleast 460 units of iron and at most 300 units of cholesterol. How
many packets of each food should be used to minimise the amount of
vitamin A in the diet? What is the minimum amount of vitamin A? How
many packets of each food should be used to maximize the amount of
vitamin A in the diet? What is the maximum amount of vitamin A in the diet?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 245


Linear Programming
10. A dietician wishes to mix two types of foods in such a way that vitamin
contents of the mixture contain atleast 8 units of vitamin A and 10 units of
vitamin C. Food ‘I’ contains 2 units/kg of vitamin A and 1 unit/kg of vitamin
C. Food ‘II’ contains 1 unit/kg of vitamin A and 2 units/kg of vitamin C. It
costs Rs 50 per kg to purchase Food ‘I’ and Rs 70 per kg to purchase Food ‘II’.
Formulate this problem as a linear programming problem to minimise the
cost of such a mixture.
11. A diet is to contain at least 80 units of vitamin A and 100 units of minerals.
Two foods F1 and F2 are available. Food F1 costs Rs 4 per unit and food F2
costs Rs 6 per unit. One unit of food F1 contains 3 units of vitamin A and
4 units of minerals. One unit of food F2 contains 6 units of vitamin A and
3 units of minerals. Formulate this as a linear programming problem. Find
the minimum cost for diet that consists of mixture of these two foods and
also meets the minimal nutritional requirements.
12. A cooperative society of farmers has 50 hectare of land to grow two crops
X and Y. The profit from crops X and Y per hectare are estimated as
Rs 10,500 and Rs 9,000 respectively. To control weeds, a liquid herbicide has
to be used for crops X and Y at rates of 20 litres and 10 litres per hectare.
Further, no more than 800 litres of herbicide should be used in order to
protect fish and wild life using a pond which collects drainage from this land.
How much land should be allocated to each crop so as to maximise the total
profit of the society?
13. An aeroplane can carry a maximum of 200 passengers. A profit of Rs 1000 is
made on each executive class ticket and a profit of Rs 600 is made on each
economy class ticket. The airline reserves at least 20 seats for executive
class. However, at least 4 times as many passengers prefer to travel by
economy class than by the executive class. Determine how many tickets of
each type must be sold in order to maximise the profit for the airline. What
is the maximum profit?
14. There are two factories located one at place P and the other at place Q.
From these locations, a certain commodity is to be delivered to each of the
three depots situated at A, B and C. The weekly requirements of the depots
are respectively 5, 5 and 4 units of the commodity while the production
capacity of the factories at P and Q are respectively 8 and 6 units. The cost of
transportation per unit is given below:

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 246


Linear Programming

Cost (in Rs)


From/To
A B C

P 160 100 150

Q 100 120 100


How many units should be transported from each factory to each depot in
order that the transportation cost is minimum. What will be the minimum
transportation cost?

Assignment
Solve the following linear programming problem graphically:
1. Maximize and Minimize the following
1. , Subject to the constraints,
2. , Subject to the constraints,
3. , Subject to the constraints,

4. , Subject to the constraints,

5. , Subject to the constraints,


2. A manufacturing company makes two models A and B of a product. Each
piece of Model A requires 9 labour hours for fabricating and 1 labour hour
for finishing. Each piece of Model B requires 12 labour hours for fabricating
and 3 labour hours for finishing. For fabricating and finishing, the maximum
labour hours available are 180 and 30 respectively. The company makes a
profit of Rs 8000 on each piece of model A and Rs 12000 on each piece of
Model B. How many pieces of Model A and Model B should be
manufactured per week to realise a maximum profit? What is the maximum
profit per week?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 247


Linear Programming
3. A factory manufactures two types of screws, A and B. Each type of screw
requires the use of two machines, an automatic and a hand operated. It
takes 4 minutes on the automatic and 6 minutes on hand operated
machines to manufacture a package of screws A, while it takes 6 minutes on
automatic and 3 minutes on the hand operated machines to manufacture a
package of screws B. Each machine is available for at the most 4 hours on
any day. The manufacturer can sell a package of screws A at a profit of Rs 7
and screws B at a profit of Rs 10. Assuming that he can sell all the screws he
manufactures, how many packages of each type should the factory owner
produce in a day in order to maximise his profit? Determine the maximum
profit.
4. A company manufactures two types of novelty souvenirs made of plywood.
Souvenirs of type A require 5 minutes each for cutting and 10 minutes each
for assembling. Souvenirs of type B require 8 minutes each for cutting and
8 minutes each for assembling. There are 3 hours 20 minutes available for
cutting and 4 hours for assembling. The profit is Rs 5 each for type A and
Rs 6 each for type B souvenirs. How many souvenirs of each type should the
company manufacture in order to maximise the profit?
5. A farmer mixes two brands P and Q of cattle feed. Brand P, costing
Rs 250 per bag, contains 3 units of nutritional element A, 2.5 units of
element B and 2 units of element C. Brand Q costing Rs 200 per bag contains
1.5 units of nutritional element A, 11.25 units of element B, and 3 units of
element C. The minimum requirements of nutrients A, B and C are 18 units,
45 units and 24 units respectively. Determine the number of bags of each
brand which should be mixed in order to produce a mixture having a
minimum cost per bag? What is the minimum cost of the mixture per bag?
6. There are two types of fertilisers F1 and F2. F1 consists of 10% nitrogen and
6% phosphoric acid and F2 consists of 5% nitrogen and 10% phosphoric acid.
After testing the soil conditions, a farmer finds that she needs atleast 14 kg
of nitrogen and 14 kg of phosphoric acid for her crop. If F1 costs Rs 6/kg and
F2 costs Rs 5/kg, determine how much of each type of fertiliser should be
used so that nutrient requirements are met at a minimum cost. What is the
minimum cost?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 248


Linear Programming
7. A toy company manufactures two types of dolls, A and B. Market tests and
available resources have indicated that the combined production level
should not exceed 1200 dolls per week and the demand for dolls of type B is
at most half of that for dolls of type A. Further, the production level of dolls
of type A can exceed three times the production of dolls of other type by at
most 600 units. If the company makes profit of Rs 12 and Rs 16 per doll
respectively on dolls A and B, how many of each should be produced weekly
in order to maximise the profit?
8. A manufacturer makes two types of toys A and B. Three machines are
needed for this purpose and the time (in minutes) required for each toy on
the machines is given below:
Machines
Types of Toys
I II III

A 12 18 6

B 6 0 9
Each machine is available for a maximum of 6 hours per day. If the profit
on each toy of type A is Rs 7.50 and that on each toy of type B is Rs 5, show
that 15 toys of type A and 30 of type B should be manufactured in a day to
get maximum profit.
9. A dietician wishes to mix together two kinds of food X and Y in such a way
that the mixture contains at least 10 units of vitamin A, 12 units of vitamin B
and 8 units of vitamin C. The vitamin contents of one kg food is given below:
Food Vitamin A Vitamin B Vitamin C
X 1 2 3
Y 2 2 1
One kg of food X costs Rs 16 and one kg of food Y costs Rs 20. Find the
least cost of the mixture which will produce the required diet?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 249


Important Questions
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
ONE MARK QUESTIONS
1. Define Reflexive, Symmetric, Transitive and Equivalence relations.
i) A relation R on set A is said to be reflexive if ( ) for all
ii) A relation R on set A is said to be symmetric if ( ) ( )
iii) A relation R on set A is said to be transitive if ( ) and
( ) ( )
iv) A relation R on set A is said to be equivalence if R is reflexive, symmetric
and transitive.
2. Show that the relation R in the set given that ( ) ( ) is
symmetric but neither reflective nor transitive.
3. Show that the relation R in the set given by
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is reflexive but neither symmetric nor
transitive.
4. Give an example of a relation for the following
a) Reflexive bur neither symmetric nor transitive
b) Symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive
c) Transitive only
d) Reflexive and symmetric bur not transitive
e) Reflexive and transitive but not symmetric.
f) Symmetric and transitive but not reflexive
g) Reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
5. Verify is a binary operation on the following signs.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
6. If is defined on the set as . Is a
binary operation?
7. If is defined on the set of as of Is
binary operation.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 250
Important Questions
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1. If ( )| is an equivalence relation in the set
then find the equivalence class of
2. If ( )| is an equivalence relation in the set z
then find equivalence class of 0,1 & 2.
3. If defined by ( ) then prove that is both one-one and
onto.
4. Let [ ]then discuss whether the following functions defined on A are
one-one or onto or bijective. 1) ( ) 2) ( )
5. Show that the function defined by ( ) is neither one-one nor
onto.
6. Show that the function is given by ( ) ( ) & ( )
is onto but not one-one.
7. Show that the function where is the set of all non zero real
numbers defined by ( ) is both one – one and onto. Is the result
8. Show that the function defined by ( ) | | is neither one-one nor
onto.
9. Let be a function defined by ( ) [ ] [ ] is a greatest integer
function then show that is neither one-one nor onto.
10. If and are the functions defined by ( ) ,
( ) then find ( ) ( )
11. If and are the functions defined by ( ) ,
( ) then find ( ) ( )
12. If defined by ( ) ( ) then prove that ( ) .
13. If ( ) then prove that ( )( )
14. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( ) ( ) and
( )
15. If and are one-one then prove that is also one-
one.
16. If and are onto functions then prove that is also
onto.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 251


Important Questions
17. If is binary operation on the set of rational numbers defined as follows then
find which of the following binary operations are commutative or associative and
also find the identity element if exists.
1) 2) 3)
4) 5) 6)
7) 8)

THREE MARK QUESTIONS


1. Let R={(3,3),(6,6),(9,9),(12,12),(6,12),(3,9),(3,12),(3,6)} be a relation on
A={3,6,9,12} Is R reflexive, symmetric or transitive.
2. Let T be the set of all triangles in a plane with R a relation in T given by
( ) Show that R is an equivalence relation.
3. Prove that is an equivalence relation on the set Z of integers given by,
( ) Write the equivalence classes of [0],[1] and [4].
4. Show that the relation R in R defined as ( ) is reflexive and
transitive but not symmetric.
5. Check whether the relation R in R defined by ( ) is reflexive,
symmetric and transitive.
6. Show that the relation R in the set A of all the books in a library of a college,
given by ( ) is an
equivalence relation.
7. Show that the relation R in the set A of points in a plane given by R = {(P, Q) :
distance of the point P from the origin is same as the distance of the point Q
from the origin}, is an equivalence relation. Further, show that the set of all
points related to a point P ( ) is the circle passing through P with origin as
centre.
8. Show that the relation R defined in the set A of all triangles as
( ) is equivalence relation. Consider three right
angle triangles with sides 5, 12, 13 and with sides 6,
8, 10. Which triangles among are related?
9. Let L be the set of all lines in xy plane and R be the relation in L defined as
R={(L1,L2) : L1 is parallel to L2}. Show that R is an Equivalence relation. Find the set
of all lines related to the line

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 252


Important Questions
10. Show that the relation R defined in the set A of all polygons as
( ) . is an equivalence relation.
What is the set of all elements in A related to the right angle triangle T with sides
3, 4 and 5?
11. Let R be a relation on the set A of ordered pairs of positive integers defined by
( ) ( ) if and only if Show that R is an equivalence relation.
12. Show that the Modulus function given by ( ) | | is neither one-
one nor onto where | | {

13. Show that the Signum function f:R→R given by ( ) { is neither

one-one nor onto.


14. If A=R-{3} and B=R-{1} and f:A→B is a function defined by ( ) . Is
and onto? Justify your answer.

15. Let be defined by ( ) { for all . State

whether the function f is bijective. Justify your answer.


16. Show that the function ( ) is one-one and onto.
| |

17. Determine whether the operation * defined by is associative and


commutative on the set Q0 of all nonzero rational numbers . Also, find the
identity element.
18. Determine whether the operation defined by ( ) .
(ii) ( ) ( ) are associative and commutative on the
set Q of rational numbers . Also, find the identity element.
19. Let be the binary operation on the set defined as
{ then show that “0” is the identity element and each
element of the set is invertible with as its inverse.
20. Given a non empty set consider the binary given by
where ‘P’ is the power set of X then show that X is the identity
element and X is the only invertible element in P.
21. Given a non empty set X, a binary operation is defined as
where ‘P’ is the power set of X then show that null set
is the identity element and null set is the only invertible element.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 253
Important Questions
FIVE MARKS MARK QUESTIONS
1. Let be given by ( ) . Show that f is invertible and find the
inverse of .
2. Consider [ ) given by ( ) . S.T f is invertible with the
inverse of f given by ( ) √ where is the set of all non-
negative real numbers.
3. Show that [ ] , given by ( ) is invertible and also find the
inverse of the function [ ] .
4. Let { } { } be a function defined as ( ) then prove that
f is invertible and also find
5. If { } { } be the function defined by ( ) then show that
f is invertible & also find
6. Let be a function defined as ( ) for some in ,
show that , where is the range of , is invertible. Find the inverse of .
7. Consider [ ) ( ) . Show that is

invertible with ( ) .

INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS


ONE MARK QUESTIONS
1. Write the domain and range of inverse trigonometric functions.
Functions Domain Range

( )

( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 254


Important Questions
2. Find the principal value of the following :

1) 2) ( ) 3) 4) ( √ )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) 7) ( ) 8) ( √ )
√ √
3. Prove that ( )
4. Find the value of the following
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( ) ( )
5. Find the value of the following:
1) ( ) 2) ( ) 3) ( ) 4) ( )
6. If then find
7. If then find
8. Find the value of ( ).
9. Find the value of ( ),| |
10. For what value of the following functions Satisfies

1) ( ) Answer:

2) ( ) Answer:

3) ( ) Answer:

4) ( √ ) Answer:
√ √

5) ( √ ) Answer:

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1. Prove that
2. Prove that
3. Find the value of the following
1) ( ) ( ) ( )
2) (√ ) ( )
4. Find the value of the following:
1) [ ] 2) ( ( ))
3) (√ ) ( √ ) 4) [ ( )]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 255


Important Questions
5. Prove the following
√ √
1) ( ) ( )
√ √

2) ( ) | |

3) ( )

4) ( ) | |

5) ( √ )
√ √

6) ( √ )

7) ( ) [ ]
8) ( ) [ ]

9) ( ) ( )

10) √ ( ) [ ]
11) ( ) ( )
6. Find the value of [ ( ) ( )] | |
7. Write the following functions in the simplest form:
1) , | | 2) | |
√ √
3) ( ) | |
8. Prove that
9. Prove that ( ) ( )
10. If ( ) then find the value of .
11. Find if

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Find the value of [ ]


2. Write the following functions in the simplest form:

1) ( ) 2) ( )
√ √

3) (√ ) | | 4) ( )

5) [ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 256


Important Questions
3. Prove the following:
1) [ ]

2) ( )

3) [ ]
√ √
4) ( )
√ √
√ √
5) [ ]
√ √ √

6)

7) ( ) | |

8)

9)

10)

11)

12)

13)

14)

15)

16) ( ) ( ) ( )

4. Prove that ( )

5. If then find

6. If ( ) ( ) then find .
7. If ( ) then find

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 257


Important Questions
MATRICES
ONE MARK QUESTIONS
( )
1. Construct a matrix , [ ] whose elements are given by
( )
2. Construct a matrix , [ ] whose elements are given by
3. Construct a matrix, [ ] whose elements are given by | |
4. Construct a matrix [ ]. Whose element are given by .
5. Construct a matrix [ ]. Whose element are given by .
6. If the matrix has elements what are the possible order it can have?
7. Find the number of all possible matrices of order with each entry 0 or 1.
8. Definitions:
1) Square matrix:- A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of
columns is called square matrix.
2) Diagonal matrix :- A square matrix is said to be diagonal matrix if all non-diagonal
elements are zero.
3) Scalar matrix :- A diagonal matrix is said to be a scalar matrix if all the principle
diagonal elements are equal.
4) Unit matrix or Identity matrix :- A diagonal matrix is said to be a unit matrix if all
the principle diagonal elements are one.
5) Symmetric Matrix :- A Square matrix is said to be symmetric if
6) Skew-Symmetric Matrix :- A Square matrix is said to be skew-symmetric if

9. Find the value of if [ ] [ ]


10. If [√ ] [ ] then find

11. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then

12. [ ] [ ] [ ] then find .

13. If [ ] [ ] then find

14. Find the value of [ ][ ]

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 258


Important Questions

15. Find the value of [ ] [ ]

16. If the matrix [ ] is skew-symmetric then find and c

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. If [ ] [ ] then find and .

2. I f [ ] [ ] then find and .

3. If [ ] then prove that


4. If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is
symmetric.
5. If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is skew-
symmetric.
6. For any square matrix A with Real numbers. Prove that is a symmetric and
is a skew symmetric.
7. If and are symmetric matrices of same order then prove that is symmetric if
and only if .
8. Express the following matrices as the sum of symmetric and skew symmetric matrix:

i) ( ) ii) ( ) iii) ( )

9. Prove that Inverse of a square matrix, if it exists, is unique.


10. Prove that if and are invertible matrix of same order then ( )
11. Find the inverse of the following matrices using elementary operation
i) ( ) ii) ( ) iii) ( ) iv) ( )

v) ( ) vi) ( ) vii) ( ) viii) ( )

iX) ( ) x) ( ) xi) ( ) xii) ( )

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. If [ ] verify , where 0 is zero matrix of

order 3 X 3

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 259


Important Questions

2. If ( ) then prove that

3. If A=( ) then prove that

4. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then prove that

( ) ( )
5. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then prove that
( )
6. If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate ( ) and
verify that ( )

7. If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate

( ) Also, verify that ( )

8. If [ ] [ ] Verify that ( )

9. If ( ) then find and prove that

DETERMINANTS
ONE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Find the value of if | | | |

2. Find the value of if | | | |

3. Find the value of if | | | |

4. If ( ) then show that | | | |

5. Find the value of | |

6. If [ ] then find | |
7. If A is a square matrix of order 3 and | | then find | |
8. If | | then find | |
9. If is a matrix and | | find | |
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 260
Important Questions
10. If is a matrix and | | find | |

11. If ( ) is singular then find .

12. If the matrix ( ) is singular then find


13. If is invertible matrix of order 2, then find | |.

TWO MARKS QUESTIONS


1. If each element of a row is expressed as sum of two elements then verify for a third
order determinant that the determinant can be expressed as sum of two determinants.

2. Without expanding the determinant prove that | |

3. Without expanding the determinant prove that | |

4. Without expanding the determinant prove that | |

5. Without expanding the determinant prove that | |

6. Using determinants find the area of the triangle whose vertices are
1) ( ) ( )( ) 2) ( ) ( ) ( )
3) ( ) ( ) ( ) 4) ( )( )( )
7. Using determinants find the equation of the line passing through the points
1) ( ) and ( ) 2) ( ) ( )
8. Find the value of if area of the triangle is 4 sq. units and vertices are
1) ( )( )( ) 2) ( )( )( )
9. If the area of the triangle with vertices ( ) ( ) and (k,4) is 5 sq. units. Find
the value of k using determinant method.
10. Show that the points ( )( ) ( ) are collinear.

11. Using cofactors of elements of second row, evaluate | |

12. If ( ) then find


13. Examine the consistency and inconsistency of .
14. Examine the consistency and inconsistency of .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 261


Important Questions
FOUR MARKS QUESTIONS
1. Prove the following

1. | | ( )( )( )

2. | | ( )( )( )( )

3. | | ( )( )( )( )

4. | | ( )

5. | | ( )

6. | | ( )

7. | | ( )( )

8. | | ( )( )( )

9. | | ( )

10. | |

11. | |

( )
12. | ( )|
( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 262


Important Questions

13. | | ( ) )( )( )

14. | | ( )

15. | | ( )( )( )( )

16. | |

17. | | ( )

18. | |

19. | |

2. If are all different & | | , show that

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Solve the following system of linear equations using matrix method
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
2. The Sum of three numbers is 6. If we multiply third number by 3 and added second
number to it, we get 11. By adding first and third numbers, we get double of second
number. Represent it algebraically and find the numbers using matrix method.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 263


Important Questions

3. If [ ] , find . Using solve the system of equations

4. The cost of 4kg onion, 3kg wheat and 2kg rice is Rs60.The cost of 2kg onion, 4 kg
wheat and 6 kg rice is Rs 90. The cost of 6 kg onion 2 kg wheat and 3 kg rice is Rs 70.
Find cost of each item per kg by matrix method.

CONTINUITY AND DIFFERENTIATION


ONE MARK QUESTIONS
1. Write the points of discontinuity for the function ( ) [ ]
2. The function ( ) is not continuous at Justify the statement.
( )
3.
4. If , then show that
5. Differentiate the following with respect to
1) ( ) 2) [ ]
3) ( ) 4) ( )
5) ( √ ) 6) ( )
( )
7) ( )
8) √
9) 10) √
11) 12)
13) ( ) 14) ( ),
√ √
6. If ( ) ( ) then prove that
√ √

TWO MARK QUESTIONS

1. If ( ) then find
2. If [ ]
3. If
4. Prove that function ( ) ( ) is continuous everywhere.
5. Examine the function given by ( ) is continuous at
6. Find the derivative of √ √ ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 264


Important Questions

7. If √ √ √ √

8. If √ then prove that ( )


( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
9. If | | then prove that | |

10. If ( ) then prove that

11. If [ ] then find

12. If ( ) then find


13. Find ( )

14. If ( √ ) then prove that

√ √
15. If [ ] then find
√ √

16. If ( ) then prove that √

17. Find if .
dy
18. Find , if ax  by 2  cos y .
dx
19. If then find
20. Find
21. If show that

22. If √ √ then prove that


23. Differentiate ( )
24. If
25. If ( ) then find

26. Differentiate  log x 


cos x
with r. to x.
27. If then find

28. If then prove that

29. If then prove that .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 265


Important Questions
THREE MARKS QUESTIONS
1. If ( ) is differentiable at then prove that it is continuous at
2. Prove that the function ( ) | | is not differentiable at

3. If √ then prove that ( )

4. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

5. If then prove that

6. If ( [√ ]) then prove that

7. If ( ) then prove that



8. If ( ) prove that ( )

9. If √ √ √ then prove that

10. Find if ( )
( )
11. If ( ) ( ) then prove that
( )
12. If ( )then prove that

13. If √ √ , then prove that ( )

14. If ( ), ( ) then find


15. If ( ) ( ) then prove that and

also find ( )

16. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

17. If ( ) prove that


18. Differentiate sin 2 x with respect to ecos x .
( )( )
19. If √ then find

20. If then find

21. For positive constant find , where ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 266


Important Questions
22. Using the fact that ( ) and the differentiation,
obtain the sum formula for cosine.
23. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function [ ]
24. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function ( ) [ ]
25. Verify Mean value theorem for the function ( ) [ ]
26. Verify Mean value theorem for the function ( ) [ ]
27. Verify Mean value theorem for the function ( ) in the interval
[ ] where . Find all ( ) for which ( )
28. If [ ] is a differentiable function and ( ) does not vanish anywhere,
then prove that ( ) ( )

FOUR MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Discuss the continuity and discontinuity of the following functions

1) ( ) { 2) ( ) {
| |
3) ( ) { 4) ( ) {

5) ( ) { 6) ( ) {

| |
7) ( ) { 8) ( ) {

9) ( ) { 10) ( ) {

11) ( ) {

2. Discuss the continuity of the function ( ) [ ], where [ ] is greatest integer


function.
3. Define a continuity of a function at a point, Find all the points of discontinuity of
defined by ( ) | | | |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 267


Important Questions
4. Find the value of K, so that the function

1) ( ) { is continuous at

2) ( ) { is continuous everywhere

3) ( ) { is continuous at

4) ( ) { is continuous everywhere.

5) ( ) { is continuous at .

6) ( ) { is continuous at
( )
5. For what value of is the function defined by ( ) {

continuous at ? What about continuity .


6. Prove that the function ( ) is continuous for all ( )

7. Find the value of such that the function ( ) { is

continuous function.
FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. If ( ) ( ) then find .

2. If then prove that

3. If then prove that


4. If ( ) then prove that ( ) ( )
5. If then prove that ( )
6. If then prove that ( )
7. If ( ) ( ) then prove that

8. If ( ) prove that and hence prove that ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 268


Important Questions
9. If then prove that
10. If then prove that ( )

11. If then prove that

[ ( ) ]
12. If ( ) ( ) for some , prove that ,

independent of

APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIATION
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1. Find the rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to its radius r when

2. The total cost ( ) in rupees associated with the production of units is given by
( ) then find the marginal cost when 3 units
are produced.
3. The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units is given by ( )
Then find the marginal revenue when
4. Using differentials, find the approximate value of each of the following
1) √ 2) ( ) 3) ( )
4) ( ) 5) ( )
5. Find the approximate change in the volume of a cube of side m caused by
increasing the side by 1%.
6. If the radius of the sphere is measured as 7m with an error of 0.02ms then find the
approximate error in calculating its volume.
7. Find the approximate change in the volume V of a cube of a side meters caused by
increasing by
8. If the radius of a sphere is measured as 7cm with an error of 0.02m, then find the
approximate error in calculating its volume.
9. Find the slope of the tangent and normal to the curve ,

10. Find the slope of tangent to the curve at the point whose
is 3.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 269


Important Questions
11. Find the point on the curve at which the tangent is
12. Find the point on the curve at which the tangents are parallel to .
13. Find the interval in which the function f given by ( ) is strictly increasing.
14. Find the local maximum value of the function ( )

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS:


1. Find the approximate value of f (3.02), where ( )
2. Find the equations of the tangent & normal to the curve at (1, 1).
3. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve ( )( )
at the point where it
cuts the x-axis.
4. Find the point at which the tangent to the curve √ has its slope
5. Find a point on the curve y = (x – 2)2 at which the tangent is parallel to the chord
joining the points (2, 0) & (4, 4).
6. Find the point on the curve y = x3 – 11x + 5 at which the tangent is

7. Find the equation of all lines having slope – 1 that are tangents to the curve

8. Find the equation of all lines having slope 2 and being tangent to the curve

9. Find points on the curve at which the tangents are a) parallel to x-axis
b) parallel to y-axis.
10. Find the equation of the normals to the curve y = x 3 + 2x + 6 which are parallel to the
line x + 14y + 4 = 0.
11. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve √ which is parallel to the

12. Show that the tangents to the curve y = 7x3 + 11 at the points where and
– are parallel.
13. Find the equation of the normal to the curve which passes through the
point ( ).
14. Find the points on the curve y = x3 at which the slope of the tangent is equal to the y-
coordinate of the point.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 270


Important Questions
15. For the curve y = 4x3 – 2x5, find all the points at which the tangent passes through
the origin.
16. Prove that the curves and cut at right angles if .
17. Prove that the function ( ) is strictly increasing on ( ) & strictly

decreasing on ( )

18. Prove that the function ( ) is strictly decreasing on ( ) and strictly

increasing on ( )
19. Prove that the function ( ) ( ) is an increasing function
of throughout its domain.
20. Prove that ( ) is an increasing function of in [ ].
21. Find the intervals in which the following functions are strictly increasing or strictly
decreasing.
1) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( ) 4) ( )
22. Find the intervals in which the function ( ) is
a) Strictly increasing b) strictly decreasing
23. Find the interval in which the function given by ( ) [ ] is
a) increasing function b) decreasing function
24. Find the interval in which the function given by ( ) where
is strictly increasing or strictly decreasing.
25. Show that the function ( ) ( ) is always strictly
increasing in ( )
26. Find the maximum and minimum value if any, of the following functions
1) ( ) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( )
27. Find the local maximum value and local minimum value if any of the function
( )
28. Find all the points of local maxima and local minima of the function f given by
( ) –

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 271


Important Questions
29. Prove that the following functions do not have maxima or minima:
1) ( ) 2) ( )
3) ( )
30. Show that the function ( ) has minimum at
31. Find two numbers whose sum is 24 and whose product is as large as possible.
32. Find two positive numbers whose sum is 15 and the sum of whose square is
minimum.
33. A square piece of tin is to be made into a box without top, by cutting a square
from each corner and folding up the flaps to form a box. What should be the side of
the square to be cut off so that the volume of the box is maximum.
34. Find the absolute maximum and minimum values of a function f given by
( ) – on the interval [1, 5].
35. Find the absolute maximum and minimum values of a function f given by
( ) on the interval [ ].

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS:


1. The volume of a cube is increasing at a rate of 9 cubic centimetres per second. How
fast is the surface area increasing when the length of an edge is 10 centimetres?
2. An edge of a variable cube is increasing at the rate of 3 cm/s. How fast is the volume
of the cube increasing when the edge is 10 cm long?
3. The volume of a cube is increasing at the rate of 8cm 3/s. How fast is the surface area
increasing when the length of an edge is 12 cm?
4. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 5 cm/minute and the width y
is increasing at the rate of 4 cm/minute. When and find the
rates of change of (a) the perimeter, and (b) the area of the rectangle.
5. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 3 cm/minute and the width y
is increasing at the rate of 2cm/minute. When and find the
rates of change of (a) the perimeter and (b) the area of the rectangle.
6. A balloon, which always remains spherical on inflation, is being inflated by pumping
in 900 cubic centimetres of gas per second. Find the rate at which the radius of the
balloon increases when the radius is 15 cm and also find the rate of increases of its
surface area.
7. A balloon, which always remains spherical, has a variable radius. Find the rate at
which its volume is increasing with the radius when the radius is 10 cm.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 272


Important Questions
8. A balloon, which always remains spherical, has a variable diameter ( ). Find
the rate of change of its volume with respect to .
9. A ladder 5 m long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is pulled along
the ground, away from the wall, at the rate of 2cm/s. How fast is its height on the
wall decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 4 m away from the wall?
10. A man of height 2m walks at a uniform speed of 5km/h away from a lamp post
which is 6m height. Find the rate at which the length of his shadow increases.
11. Sand is pouring from a pipe at the rate of 12cm 3/s. The falling sand forms a cone on
the ground in such a way that the height of the cone is always one-sixth of the radius
of the base. How fast is the height of the sand cone increasing when the height is 4
cm?
12. A water tank has the shape of an inverted right circular cone with its axis vertical and
vertex lowermost. Its semi-vertical angle is ( ). Water is poured into it at the
rate of 5 cubic metre per hour. Find the rate at which the level of the water is rising
at the instant when the depth of water in the tank is 4 metre.
13. Water is dripping out at a steady rate of 1cc/s through a tiny hole at the vertex of
the conical vessel, whose axis is vertical. When the slant height of water in the
vessel is 4cms find the rate of decrease of slant height when the semi vertical angle
of cone is
14. Water is dripping out from a conical funnel of semi-vertical angle at the uniform
rate of in the surface area, through a tiny hole at the vertex of the bottom.
When the slant height of cone is 4 cms find the rate of decrease of the slant height
of water?
15. The two equal sides of an isolates triangle with fixed base ‘b’ are decreasing at the
rate of . How fast is the area decreasing when the two equal sides are
equal to the base?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 273


Important Questions
INTEGRATION
ONE MARK QUESTIONS
1. Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ √ 2) ∫( [ ])
3) ∫( ) 4) ∫ (√ )
5) ∫( ) 6) ∫( ( ))
7) ∫ ( ) 8) ∫
9) ∫ 10) ∫ ( )
11) ∫ ( ) 12) ∫ ( )

13) ∫ ( ) 14) ∫( )
15) ∫ ( ) 16) ∫( )

TWO MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Find the anti-derivative of the function ( ) , where ( )
2. Evaluate the following:
1) ∫ ( ) 2) ∫ ( )

3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫( )

5) ∫ ( ) 6) ∫( )
7) ∫ 8) ∫ √
9) ∫ ( ) 10) ∫
( )
11) ∫ 12) ∫ ( )
13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫ 16) ∫ ( )
17) ∫ 18) ∫ √

19) ∫ ( ( ) ( )) 20) ∫
21) ∫ 22) ∫

23) ∫ 24) ∫
3. Integrate ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 274


Important Questions

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Evaluate the following:
1) ∫( ) 2) ∫ ( ( )
)

3) ∫ ( ( ) ( )
) 4) ∫ ( ( ) ( )
)

5) ∫ 6) ∫

7) ∫ 8) ∫
( ) √ √
9) ∫ 10) ∫

11) ∫ ( )( )
12) ∫ ( )( )( )

13) ∫ ( )( )( )
14) ∫ ( )( )

15) ∫ ( )
16) ∫ ( ) ( )

17) ∫ ( ) ( )
18) ∫ ( )( )
( )
19) ∫ 20) ∫ √
21) ∫ 22) ∫ √

23) ∫ √ 24) ∫ (( )
)

25) ∫ ( ( ) ) 26) ∫
( )
27) ∫ ( ) 28) ∫
29) ∫ 30) ∫
31) ∫( )√ 32) ∫( )√
( )
33) ∫ 34) ∫ ( )( )

35) ∫(√ √ ) 36) ∫



√ [ ( ) ]
37) ∫ 38) ∫ ( )
39) ∫ 40) ∫
√ √

41) ∫ 42) ∫
( )( )
43) ∫ 44) ∫ √
45) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 275


Important Questions

2. Prove that ∫
( )
( )

3. Prove that ∫

4. Prove that ∫
5. Prove that ∫

6. Prove that ∫
7. Evaluate the following as limit of sum: (Definite integrals)
1) ∫ ( ) 2) ∫ ( )
3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫ ( )

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS


8. Prove the following (3MARK)

1) ∫ √ ( )
2) ∫ √ | √ |
3) ∫ √ | √ |
4) ∫ ( )
5) ∫ | |
6) ∫ | |

7) ∫ √ √ ( )

8) ∫ √ √ | √ |

9) ∫ √ √ | √ |

9. Evaluate the following: (2MARK)


1) ∫ 2) ∫
3) ∫ 4) ∫ √
5) ∫ 6) ∫ √
√( )( )

7) ∫ √ 8) ∫ √
9) ∫ √ 10) ∫ √
11) ∫ √ 12) ∫ √
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 276
Important Questions
SIX MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) where and hence


integrate the following.
1) ∫ | | 2) ∫ | |
3) ∫ | | | | | |
2. Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) and hence integrate the following.

1) ∫ 2) ∫
√ √

3) ∫ 4) ∫

5) ∫ √ 6) ∫ [ ]

7) ∫
3. Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) & hence integrate the following.
√ ( )
1) ∫ 2) ∫ ( ) ( )
√ √

3) ∫ 4) ∫
√ √ √

∫ ( ) ( ) ( )
4. Prove that ∫ ( ) { and
( ) ( )
integrate the following
1) ∫ | | 2) ∫ √
3) ∫
∫ ( ) ( )
5. Prove that ∫ ( ) { and integrate the
( )
following.

1) ∫ 2) ∫ ( )

3) ∫
6. Prove the following
1) ∫ 2) ∫

3) ∫ ( ) 4) ∫

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 277


Important Questions
APPLICATION OF INTEGRATION
THREE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
and the x-axis in the first quadrant.
2. Find the area of the region bounded by and the x-axis in
the first quadrant.
3. Find the area of the region bounded by and the y-axis in
the first quadrant.
4. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
5. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line .
6. Find the area of the parabola bounded by its latus rectum.
7. Find the area enclosed by the circle
8. Find the area enclosed by the circle
9. Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .

10. Find the area enclosed by the ellipse .


11. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve between and

12. Find the area of the smallest part of the circle cutoff by the line

13. Find the area bounded by the ellipse and the ordinate and
, where ( ).
14. If the area between is divided into two equal parts by the line
then find
15. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola and | |

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola and the line
.
2. Find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the , the line
and the circle
3. Find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the , the line
√ and the circle

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 278


Important Questions
4. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabolas and .
5. Find the area of the circle which is interior to the parabola

6. If is the part of the ellipse in the first quadrant such that


. Find the area between the arc AB and the chord AB.
7. Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle whose
vertices are ( ) ( ) ( ).
8. Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle whose
vertices are ( ) ( ) ( ).
9. Using integration find the area of the region bounded by the triangle whose sides
have the equation
10. Prove that the curve divides the area of the square bounded
by and into three equal parts.
11. Find the area bounded between the circles ( ) and

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
TWO MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. Find the order and degree of the following differential equations:
1) 2) ( ) ( ) ( )

3) 4) ( ) ( ) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( ) ( )
7) 8) ( )

9) ( ) 10) ( ) ( )
11) 12)
13) ( ) 14)

15) ( ) ( ) 16)

17) ( ) 18)
2. Form a differential equations representing the family of curve by
eliminating the arbitrary constant

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 279


Important Questions
3. Form the differential equation of the family of curves by eliminating the
constants “a” and “b”
4. Form the differential equation representing the family of straight line passes through
the origin.
5. Form the differential equation of family of straight lines whose slope and
are equal.
6. Verify whether the following differential equations are homogeneous or not.
1) ( ) ( )
2) ( )
3)
4) ( )
5) ( ) ( )
6) ( ) ( )
7) ) ( )

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS:


1. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves y = a sin (x + b),
where a, b are arbitrary constants.
2. Form the differential equation representing the family of ellipses having foci on x-axis
and centre at the origin.
3. Form the differential equation of the family of circles touching the x-axis at origin.
4. Form the differential equation of the family of circles touching the y-axis at origin.
5. Form the differential equation of the family of circles having centre on and
radius 3 units.
6. Form the differential equation representing the family of parabolas having vertex at
origin and axis along positive direction of x-axis.
7. Form the differential equation of the family of parabolas having vertex at origin and
axis along positive y-axis.
8. Form the differential equation of the family of hyperbolas having foci on
and centre at origin.
9. Find the general solution of the following differential equations
1) 2)
3) 4) √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 280


Important Questions
5) 6) ( )( )

7) ( ) ( ) 8)
9) ( )
10. Find the particular solution of the following differential equation satisfying the given
condition:
1)
2) ( )
3) ( )
4)
11. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point ( ) whose differential
equation is ( )
12. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point ( ) whose differential
equation is
13. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, –2) given that at any point
( ) on the curve, the product of the slope of its tangent and coordinate of
the point is equal to the x coordinate of the point.
14. At any point (x, y) of a curve, the slope of the tangent is twice the slope of the line
segment joining the point of contact to the point (– 4, –3). Find the equation of the
curve passing through ( )
15. The volume of spherical balloon being inflated changes at a constant rate. If initially
its radius is 3 units and after 3 seconds it is 6 units. Find the radius of balloon after t
seconds.
16. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of r% per year. Find the value
of r if Rs 100 double itself in 10 years (loge2 = 0.6931).
17. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of 5% per year. An amount of
Rs 1000 is deposited with this bank, how much will it worth after 10 years ( =
1.648).
18. In a bank, principal increases continuously at the rate of 5% per year. In how many
years Rs 1000 double itself?
19. Show that the differential equation ( ) is homogeneous & solve it.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 281


Important Questions
FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. Find the general solution of the following differential equations
1) 2)
3) ( ) 4)
5) 6) ( )
7) 8)
9) 10) ( )
11) ( ) 12) ( )
13) ( ) ( )
2. Find the particular solution of the following differential equation satisfying the given
condition: 1)
2) ( )
3)
3. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, 1). If the slope of the
tangent to the curve at any point (x, y) is equal to the sum of the coordinate
of the tangent to the curve at any point (x, y) is equal to the sum of the x coordinate
4. Find the equation of a curve passing through the origin given that the slope of the
tangent to the curve at any point (x, y) is equal to the sum of the coordinates of the
point.
5. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, 2) given that the sum of
the coordinates of any point on the curve exceeds the magnitude of the slope of the
tangent to the curve at that point by 5.

VECTORS
ONE MARK QUESTIONS
1. Definitions
1) Null vector: A vector whose magnitude is zero is called null vector or zero vector
and it is denoted by ⃗ .
2) Unit vectors: A vector whose magnitude is one is called unit vector.
3) Like vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be like vectors if they have same
direction.
4) Unlike vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be unlike vectors if they have
opposite direction.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 282
Important Questions
5) Negative vectors : A vector having the same magnitude as that of the vector ⃗
and the direction opposite to that of ⃗ is called negative vector and it is denoted
by ⃗
6) Collinear Vectors: Two or more vectors are said to be collinear vectors if they
have the same direction or opposite direction
7) Coplanar vectors : Vectors lying in the same plane or parallel planes are called
coplanar vectors
2. Find the values of and so that the vectors ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ are equal.
3. The position vector of the points w.r.t are ⃗ ⃗ and ⃗
respectively. Then find i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ iii) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
4. Find the components of the vector with initial point ( ) and terminal points
( )
5. Find the magnitude of the vector ̂ ̂
6. Write two different vectors having same magnitude.
7. Find the unit vector in the direction of ̂ ̂ ̂
8. Find the unit vector in the direction of ̂ ̂ ̂
9. Find the scalar product of ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
10. Find the vector(cross) product of ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
11. Find the angle between two vectors & ⃗ with magnitude 1 and 2 respectively and
there dot product is 1.
12. If | | , |⃗ | & ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the angle between & ⃗ .

13. If | | , |⃗ | &| ⃗| then find the angle between & ⃗.
14. Find the value of m if the following vectors are orthogonal
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
15. Find the projection of ̂ ̂ ̂ on ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
16. Find the projection of ⃗ on where ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂
17. Find the scalar triple product of the following
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 283


Important Questions
TWO MARKS QUESTIONS
1. Find the position vector of the point which divides the join of the points with
position vectors are ⃗ & ⃗ internally & externally in the ratio 2:3.
2. Find the position vector of the point which divides the line AB internally in the
ratio where position vectors of A and B are ⃗ & ⃗.
3. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ then find
( ⃗) ( )
4. Prove that ( ⃗) ( ⃗) ( ⃗)
5. Find the cosine angle between the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
6. Find the sine angle between the following vectors :
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
7. Show that the following vectors are perpendicular or orthogonal
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
8. If ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then prove that
⃗ is orthogonal to ⃗
9. Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors & ⃗
i) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ ii) 4 ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
10. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
11. Find the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂&⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
iii) ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂
12. Find the vector in the direction of the vector ̂ ̂ ̂ that has magnitude
units.
13. Given that ⃗ and ⃗ ⃗ what can you conclude about ⃗
14. If is a unit vector and ( )( ) then find | |
15. Find | | & | ⃗ | ,if ( ⃗) ( ⃗) &| | | ⃗ |.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 284


Important Questions
16. Find the volume of the Parallelopiped if the co-initial edges are
i) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
ii) ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂

THREE MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Find the position vector of a point which divides the line AB in the ratio m:n
internally.
2. The position vectors of two points P & Q are ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ respectively.
Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line PQ in the ratio 2:1
i) internally ii) externally
3. Show that the position vectors are ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are
collinear.
4. Show that ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ), ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) & ( ̂ ̂ ) are collinear.
5. Show that , points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂
form an equilateral triangle.
6. Find the vector of magnitude 5 units and parallel to the resultant of the vectors
̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
7. For any vectors & ⃗ prove that | ⃗| | || ⃗ |
8. If ⃗ are unit vector such that ⃗ ⃗ then find the value of
⃗ ⃗ .
9. If three vectors ⃗ are such that ⃗ ⃗ then find the value of
⃗ ⃗ if | | , |⃗ | ,| |
10. If , ⃗ & are three vectors such that | | , |⃗ | ,| | & each vector is
orthogonal to sum of the other two vectors then find | ⃗ |.
11. If two vectors ⃗ ⃗ such that |⃗ | |⃗ | ⃗ ⃗ final |⃗ ⃗|
12. If the vertices of a triangle ABC are ( ),( ) and ( ) respectively
then find angle ABC.
13. If ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ are the position vectors of points
A,B,C & D respectively then find the cosine angle between ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .
14. Show that each of the given three vectors is a unit vector ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ),

( ̂ ̂ ̂ ), ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ). Also S.T. these are mutually perpendicular to


each other.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 285


Important Questions
15. Show that the direction cosines of a vector equally inclined to the axes OX,OY & OZ
are , , .
√ √ √
16. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ such that is perpendicular to
( ⃗ ) then find .
17. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ such that ⃗ is
perpendicular to then find .
18. The two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are ̂ ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂ then find
the unit vector parallel to its diagonal and also find its area.
19. The scalar product of the vector ̂ ̂ ̂ with a unit vector along the sum of vectors
̂ ̂ ̂ & ̂ ̂ ̂ is equal to one. Find the value of
20. If ̂ ̂ ̂ are mutually perpendicular unit vectors , ̂ ̂, ̂ ̂ ̂ , then
express in the form where is parallel to and is perpendicular
to .
21. Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vector ⃗ & ⃗ where
̂ ̂ ̂& ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
22. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗
̂& ̂̂ ̂ ̂ then find the unit vector
̂
perpendicular to both ⃗ &⃗ .
23. Find the area of the triangle with vertices are (1,-1,2), (2,1,-1) & (3,-1,2).
24. Find the area of the triangle with vertices are (1,1,1), (1,2,3) & (2,3,1).
25. If ̂ ̂ ̂,⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂& ̂ ̂ ̂ then find a vector which
is perpendicular to both & ⃗ and .
26. If , ⃗ & are mutually perpendicular vectors of equal magnitudes then prove that
the vector ⃗ is equally inclined to , ⃗ & .
27. Show that the points A(2,3,-1), B(1,-2,3), C(3,4,-2) and D(1,-6,6) are coplanar.
28. Show that the four points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ are coplanar.
29. Find ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ are
coplanar.
30. If the points A(-1,4,3), B(3, -5), C(-3,8,-5) and D(-3,2,1) are coplanar then find .
31. Find such that the four points ( ) ( ), ( ) and ( ) are
coplanar.
32. For any three vectors , ⃗ , & Prove that [ ⃗ ⃗ ] [ ⃗ ].
33. Show that the vectors , ⃗ , & are coplanar if ⃗, ⃗ ,& are coplanar.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 286


Important Questions
THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
ONE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. Find the direction cosines of
2. Find the direction cosines of
3. Find the direction cosines of z
4. If a line has direction ratios determine its direction cosines.
5. If a line makes angle with positive direction of axis
respectively. Find its direction cosines.
6. Find the direction cosines of a line which makes equal angles with co-ordinate axes.
7. Find the direction ratio of the line
8. Find the Cartesian equation of the plane (̂ ̂ ̂)
9. Find the equation of the plane with intercepts on the co-ordinate axes.
10. Find the equation of the plane with the intercept 2,3 and 4 on x, y and z axes
respectively.
11. What is the equation of the plane that cuts the coordinate axes at (a,0,0),(0,b,0) and
(0,0,c).
12. Find the equation of the plane with intercepts 3 on the y axis and parallel to ZOX
plane.
13. Find the equation of the plane with intercept 4 on z-axis and parallel to plane.
14. Find the intercepts cut off by the place
15. Find the distance of a point.
a) (3,-2,1) to the plane .
b) (2,3,-5) to the plane .
c) (0,0,0) to the plane .
16. Find the distance of a point (2,5,-3) from the plane ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
17. Find the distance of a point (1,2,1) from the plane (̂ ̂ ̂) .
18. Find the distance of the plane from the origin.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 287


Important Questions
TWO MARKS QUESTIONS:
19. Find the direction cosines of the line passing through the two points
( ) ( )
20. If the Cartesian equation of the line is then write its vector form.
21. Find the vector equation of the line, passing through the points ( ) and ( )
22. Find the equation of the line parallel to x-axis and passing through the origin.
23. Find the angle between the pair of lines ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ).
24. Find the angle between the pair of lines ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂
̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ )
25. Find the angle between the pair of lines and
26. Find the angle between the following pair of lines and

27. Show that the lines are perpendicular to each other.


28. Show that the lines whose direction ratios are and are
perpendicular to each other.
29. Find the value of so that the lines and are at
right angle.
30. Prove that the lines are coplanar lines
31. Find the distance between the two parallel lines
(̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
32. Find the distance between the two parallel lines
(̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
33. Find the vector equation of the plane which is at a distance of 7 units from the origin
and normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂
34. Find the equations of the planes that passes through three points.
a) (1,1,0), (1,2,1), (-2,2,-1). b) (1,1,-1), (6,4,-5), (-4,-2,3)
c) (-1,1,1), (1,-1,1), (0,3,3).
35. If a plane passes through the points (2,0,0), (0,3,0) & (0,0,4) then find its equation.
36. Find the direction cosines of the normal to the plane and the distance from the origin
if equation of the plane is
37. Find the angle between the line and the plane

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 288


Important Questions
THREE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the line through the point ( ) and
which is parallel to the vector ̂ ̂ ̂.
2. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the line through the point ( ) and
which is parallel to the vector ̂ ̂ ̂.
3. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the line which passes through the point (-
2,4,-5) and parallel to the line .
4. Find the equation of a line in vector & Cartesian forms which passing through (2,3,-4)
& having the direction ratios are 1,2,3.
5. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the line passing through the points (3,-2,-5)
& (3,-2,6).
6. Show that the line through the points (1,-1,2) ,(3,4,-2) is perpendicular to the line
through the points (0,3,2) and (3,5,6).
7. Find the shortest distance between the lines ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ).
8. Find the shortest distance between the lines
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ).
9. Find the shortest distance between the lines and
.
10. Find the distance between the lines whose vector equations are
̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂) & ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ).
11. Prove that the lines & are coplanar lines
12. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the plane passes through the point (1,0,-2)
and the normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂.
13. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the plane passes through the point (1,4,6)
and the normal to the plane is ̂ ̂ ̂.
14. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the plane which passes through the point
(5,2,-4) and perpendicular to the line with direction ratios 2,3,-1.
15. Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes
& passing through the point ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 289


Important Questions
16. Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes
( ̂ ̂ ̂) ( ̂ ̂ ̂) a& passing through the point
( )
17. Find the angle between the planes whose vector equations are
( ̂ ̂ ̂) and ( ̂ ̂ ̂) .
18. Find the angle between the line & the plane .

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS:


1. Derive the equation of the line in space, passing through a point and parallel to a
vector both in vector and Cartesian forms.
2. Derive the equation of the line in space, passing through two points both in vector
and Cartesian forms.
3. Derive a formula to find the shortest distance between two skew lines in both vector
and Cartesian forms.
4. Derive the equation of a plane in Normal form in both vector and Cartesian form.
5. Derive the equation of a plane passing through a point and perpendicular to a vector
in both vector and Cartesian form.
6. Derive the equation of a plane passing through three non collinear points in both
vector and Cartesian form.
PROBABILITY
ONE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. If A is an event of a sample space of an experiment then prove that
( | ) ( )
2. If A is an event of a sample space ‘S” of an random experiment then prove that
( | ) Where ( )
3. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
4. If ( ) and ( ) then find ( )
5. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
6. If ( ) ( ) then find ( | )
7. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find
) ( ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( | )
8. If ( ) ( ) ( | ) then find
1) ( ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 290


Important Questions
9. An electronic assembly consists of two subsystems, and . From the previous testing
procedures, it is observed that ( ) (B fails alone) and
( ) then find ( ).
10. If ̅ ̅ are the complementary of events and respectively and if ( )
then prove that ( ) (̅ )
11. A fair die is rolled. Consider the events ( | )
12. If ( ) ( ) then find ( ) if A & B are independent events.
13. If A and b are independent events with ( ) and ( ) find ( )
14.
X 0 1 2 3 4
P(X) 0.1 0.5 0.2 -0.1 0.3
Given is not a probability distribution why?
15. An urn contains 5 red and 2 black balls. Two balls are randomly selected. Let
represents the number of black balls, what are the possible values of X?

TWO MARKS QUESTIONS:


1. If ( ) ( ) ( ) then find
1) ( | ) 2) ( | ) 3) ( | ) 4) ( | )
2. Two coins are tossed once, find ( ) where E: no tail appears, F : no head appears.
3. 3 dies are thrown at the same time. Find the probability of getting 3 numbers as 2, if it
is known that the sum of number on the die is 6.
4. 10 cards numbered from 1 to 10 are placed in a box mix up thoroughly and 1 card is
drawn random, if it is known that the number on the drawn card is more than 3. What
is the probability that an even number it is.
5. Consider the experiment of tossing two fair coins simultaneously. Find the probability
that both are head, given that at least one of them is a head.
6. A couple has two children, find the probability that both children are females, if it is
known that the elder child is a female.
7. If A and B are two independent events then prove that the probability of occurrence of
atleast one of A and B is given by ( ) ( )
8. If A and B are independent events with ( ) ( ) then find
9. a) ( ) b) ( ) c) ( | ) d) ( | )
10. A die is thrown. If E is the event ‘the number appearing is a multiple of 3’ and F is the
event ‘the number appearing is even’, then find whether E and F are independent
11. Two cards drawn at random and without replacement from a pack of 52 playing cards.
Find the probability that both the cards are black.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 291
Important Questions
12. A coin is tossed twice, let A be an event of ‘getting a head’ in the first throw and ‘B’ be
an event of ‘getting a tail in the second throw’ state weather A and B are mutually
exclusive or independent.
13. Probability of solving a specific problem independently by and are and
respectively. If both try to solve the problem independently, find the probability that
exactly one of them solves the problem.
14. Given that the event A and B are such that ( ) ( ) ( ) find k
if A and B are independent events.
15. If the probability distribution of X is
X 0 1 2 3 4
P(X) 0.1 K 2k 2k k
then find the value of .
16. Let X denotes the number of hours study during a randomly selected school day. The
probability that X can take the values of x, has the following form, where K is some
constant.

( ) [
( )

Find the value of K


17. The random variable X has a probability distribution ( ) of the following form where

is some number: ( ) { , determine the value of and ( )

18. Find the probability distribution of number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
19. Find the probability distribution of the number of tails in simultaneous tosses of three
coins.
THREE MARKS QUESTIONS:
1. A couple has two children. Find the probability that both the children are boys given
that
i) At least one of the children is a girl.
ii) The elder child is a boy.
iii) The elder child is a boy or girl.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 292


Important Questions
2. A die is thrown three times. Events A and B are defined as
A : 4 on the third throw.
B : 6 on the first and 5 on the second throw.
Find the probability of A given that B has already occurred.
3. A die is thrown twice and the sum of the numbers appearing is observed to be 6. What
is the conditional probability that the number 4 has appeared at least once?
4. Given that the two numbers appearing on throwing two dice are different. Find the
probability of the event “ the sum of numbers on the dice is 4’.
5. A black and a red dice are rolled.
(a) Find the conditional probability of obtaining a sum greater than 9, given that the
black die resulted in a 5.
(b) Find the conditional probability of obtaining the sum 8, given that the red die
resulted in a number 4.
6. In a school there are 1000 students, out of which 430 are girls. It is known that out of
430, of the girls study in class XII. What is the probability that a student chosen
randomly studies in class XII given that the chosen student is a girl?
7. An instructor has a question bank consisting of 300 easy True/False questions, 200
difficult True/False questions, 500 easy multiple choice questions and 400 difficult
multiple choice questions. If a question is selected at random from the question bank,
What is the probability that it will be an easy question, given that it is a multiple choice
question?
8. Consider the experiment of tossing a coin. If the coin shows head, toss it again but if it
shows tail, then throw a die. Find the conditional probability of the event that ‘the die
shows a number greater than 4’ given that ‘there is at least one tail’.
9. A and B are two events ϶ ( ) , ( ) and ( ) . Find q if they are
(i) mutually exclusive (ii) independent.
10. A fair coin and an unbiased die are tossed. Let A be the event ‘head appears on the coin’
and B be the event ‘3 on the die’. Check whether A & B are independent events or not.
11. If two fair dice are rolled once϶ A be the event of the sum of the numbers on the dice is
7 & B be the event of the two dice have the same number then P.T. whether A & B are
mutually exclusive or independent.
12. An unbiased die is thrown twice. Let the event A be ‘odd number on the first throw’ & B
be the event ‘odd number on the second throw’. Check the independence of the events
A & B.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 293


Important Questions
13. Three coins are tossed simultaneously consider the event E’ three heads or three tails’ ,
F ‘at least two heads’ and G ‘at most two heads’. Of the pairs (E,F) (E,G) & (F,G) which
are independent? Which are dependent?
14. One card is drawn at random from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards. In which of the
following cases are the events E & F independent?
i) E :The drawn card is a spade F : The drawn card is an ace.
ii) E :The drawn card is a black F : The drawn card is a king.
iii) E :The drawn card is a king or queen F : The drawn card is a queen or jack.
15. Two balls are drawn at random with replacement from a box containing 10 black & 8
red balls. Find the probability that
i) Both balls are red.
ii) First ball is black & second is red.
iii) One of them is black & other is red.
16. Three cards are drawn successively without replacement from a pack of 52 cards. What
is the probability that first two cards are kings & the third card is an ace?
17. A person has undertaken a construction job. The probabilities are 0.65 that there will
be strike, 0.80 that the construction job will be completed on time if there is no strike,
and 0.32 that the construction job will be completed on time if there is a strike.
Determine the probability that the construction job will be completed on time.
18. An urn contains 5 red & 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random its color is noted and is
returned to the urn. Moreover, 2 additional balls of the color drawn are put in the urn
and then a ball is drawn at random. What is the probability that the second ball is red?
19. A bag contains 4 red & 4 black balls, another bag contains 2 red & 6 black balls. One of
the two bags is selected at random and a ball is drawn from the bag which is found to be
red. Find the probability that it was drawn from first bag.
20. Bag I contains 3 red & 4 black balls and bag II contains 4 red & 5 black balls. One ball is
transferred from bag I to bag II and then a ball is drawn from bag II. The drawn ball is
found to be red. Find the probability that the transferred ball is black.
21. Given three identical boxes, I,II and III, each containing two coins. In box I, both coins
are gold coins, In box II, both are silver coins and in box III, there is one gold coin and
one silver coin. A person chooses a box at random & takes out a coin. If the coin is gold,
what is the probability that the other coin in the box is also of gold?
22. An insurance company insured 2000 scooter drivers, 4000 car drivers & 6000 truck
drivers. The probability of an accidents are 0.01, 0.03 & 0.15 respectively. One of the
insured persons meets with an accident. What is the probability that he is a scooter
driver?
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 294
Important Questions
23. Suppose that the reliability of a HIV test is specified as follows :
Of people having HIV, 90% of the test detect the disease but 10% go undetected. Of
the people free of HIV, 99% of the test are judged HIV –ve but 1% are diagnosed as
showing HIV +ve. From a large population of which only 0.1% have HIV, one person
is selected at random, given the HIV test, and the pathologist reports him/her as HIV
+ve. What is the probability that the person actually has HIV?
24. A factory has two machines A and B. Past record shows that machine A produced 60% of
the items of output and machine B produced 40% of the items. Further, 2% of the items
produced by machine A and 1% produced by machine B were defective. All the items
are put into one stockpile and then one item is chosen at random from this and is found
to be defective. What is the probability that it was produced by machine B?
25. In a factory which manufactures bolts, machines A, B and C manufacture respectively
25%, 35% and 40% of the bolts. Of their outputs, 5,4 and 2 percent are respectively
defective bolts. A bolt is drawn at random from the product and is found to be
defective. What is the probability that it is manufactured by the machine B?
26. A doctor is to visit a patient. From the past experience, it is known that the probabilities
that he will come by train, bus, scooter or by other means of transport are respectively
, , and . The probabilities that he will be late are , and , If he comes by train,
bus and scooter respectively, but if he comes by other means transport, then he will not
be late. When he arrives, he is late. What is the probability that he comes by train?
27. A man is known to speak truth 3 out of 4 times. He throws a die and reports that it is a
six. Find the probability that it is actually a six.
28. Probability that A speaks truth is . A coin is tossed. A reports that a head appears. Find
the probability that it is actually head.
29. In answering a question on a multiple choice test, a student either knows the answer or
guesses. Let be the probability that he knows the answer and be the probability that
he guesses. Assuming that a student who guesses the answer will be correct with
probability , what is the probability that the student knows the answer given that he
answered it correctly?
30. Suppose a girl throws a die. IF she gets a 5 or 6, she tosses a coin three times and notes
the number of heads. IF she gets 1,2,3 or 4, she tosses a coin once and notes whether a
head or tail is obtained. If she obtained exactly one head, what is the probability that
she threw 1,2 ,3 or 4 with the die?
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 295
Important Questions
31. Find the probability distribution of
i) Number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
ii) Number of tails in the simultaneous tosses of three coins.
iii) Number of heads in four tosses of a coin.
32. A coin is biased so that the head is 3 times as likely to occur as tail. If the coin is tossed
twice, find the probability distribution of number of tails.
33. Find the probability distribution of the number of successes in 2 tosses of a die, where a
success is defined as
i) Number greater than 4 ii) Six appears on at least one die
34. Two cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well shuffled deck of 52
cards. Find the probability distribution of the number of aces.
35. Find the probability distribution of number of doublets in three throws of a pair of dice.
36. Find the mean number of heads in three tosses of a coin.
37. Two numbers are selected at random without replacement from the first six positive
integers. Let X denote the larger of the two numbers obtained. Find mean and variance
of .
38. Find the variance of the number obtained on a throw of an unbiased die.
39. Let X denote the sum of the numbers obtained when two fair dice are rolled. Find the
mean, variance and standard deviation of X.
40. Two cards are drawn simultaneously without replacement from a well shuffled pack of
52 cards. Find the mean, variance and standard deviation of the number of kings.
41. A class has 15 students whose ages are 14,17,15,14,21,17,19,20,16,18, 20,17,16,19 and
20 years. One student is selected in such a manner that each has same chance of being
chosen and the age X of the selected student is recorded. What is the probability
distribution of the random variable X? Find mean, variance and standard deviation of X.

FIVE MARKS QUESTION:


1. If a coin is tossed 8 times. Find the probability of
i) At least five heads ii)At most five heads
2. IF a coin is tossed 10 times. Find the probability of
i) Exactly six heads ii) At most six heads
iii) At least six heads
3. A die is thrown 6 times. If ‘getting an odd number’ is a success, what is the probability
of
i) 5 successes ii) At most 5 successes
ii) At least 5 successes

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 296


Important Questions
4. A pair of dice is thrown 4 times. If getting a doublet is considered a success, find the
probability of two successes.
5. Find the probability of throwing at most 2 sixes in 6 throws of a single die.
6. Find the probability of getting 5 exactly twice in 7 throws of a die.
7. Five cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well-shuffled deck of 52
cards. What is the probability that i) All the 5 cards are spades? ii) Only 3 cards
are spades? iii) None is a spade?
8. A person buys a lottery ticket in 50 lotteries, in each of which his chance of winning a
prize is . What is the probability that he will win a prize
i) At least once ii) Exactly once iii) At least twice
9. The probability that a bulb produced by a factory will fuse after 150 days of use is 0.05.
Find the probability that out of 5 such bulbs
i) None ii) Mora than one
iii) Not more than one iv) At least one
Will fuse after 150 days of use.
10. In an examination, 20 questions of true-false type are asked. Suppose a student
tosses a fair coin to determine his answer to each question. If the coin shows head, he
answers ‘true’. If it shows tail, he answers ‘false’. Find the probability that he answers
at least 12 questions correctly.
11. Find the mean of the Binomial distribution ( ).

LINEAR PROGRAMMING
ONE MARK QUESTIONS
Definitions of terms used in LPP:
1. Optimal Value: The maximum or minimum value of LPP is called Optimal value.
2. Objective function: Linear function Z = ax + by, where a, b are constants, which
has to be maximised or minimized is called objective function.
3. Decision variables: If Z = ax + by is objective function then variables x and y are
called decision variables.
4. Constraints : The linear inequalities or equations or restrictions on the variables
of a linear programming problem are called constraints.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 297


Important Questions
5. Optimisation problem: A problem which seeks to maximise or minimise a linear
function subject to certain constraints as determined by a set of linear
inequalities is called an otimisation problem.
6. Feasible region: The common region determined by all the constraints of a linear
programming problem is called the feasible region.
7. Feasible solutions: Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region of
LPP is called feasible solutions.
8. Infeasible solution: Any point lying outside the feasible region of an LPP is called
an infeasible solution.
9. Optimal solution: Any point in the feasible region that gives the optimal value
(maximum or minimum) of the objective function is called an optimal solution.
10. Bounded and unbounded feasible region: A feasible region of a system of linear
inequalities is said to be bounded if it can be enclosed within a circle. Otherwise,
it is called unbounded.

SIX MARKS QUESTIONS


1. Maximize and Minimize the following
1) , Subject to the constraints:

2) Subject to the constraints:

3) Subject to the constraints:

4) Subject to the constraints,

5) Subject to the constraints,

6) Subject to the constraints,

7) Subject to the constraints,

8) Subject to the constraints,

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 298


Important Questions
2. A factory makes tennis rackets and cricket bats. A tennis racket takes
1.5 hours of machine time and 3 hours of craftman’s time in its making while a
cricket bat takes 3 hour of machine time and 1 hour of craftman’s time. In a day,
the factory has the availability of not more than 42 hours of machine time and 24
hours of craftsman’s time.
i) What number of rackets and bats must be made if the factory is to work at full
capacity?
ii) If the profit on a racket and on a bat is Rs 20 and Rs 10 respectively, find the
maximum profit of the factory when it works at full capacity.
3. A merchant plans to sell two types of personal computers – a desktop model and a
portable model that will cost Rs. 25000 and Rs. 40000 respectively. He estimates
that the total monthly demand of computers will not exceed 250 units. Determine
the number of units of each type of computers which the merchant should stock
to get maximum profit if he does not want to invest more than Rs.70 lakhs and if
his profit on the desktop model is Rs 4500 and on portable model is Rs 5000.
4. A cottage industry manufactures pedestal lamps and wooden shades, each
requiring the use of a grinding/cutting machine and a sprayer. It takes 2 hours on
grinding/cutting machine and 3 hours on the sprayer to manufacture a pedestal
lamp. It takes 1 hour on the grinding/cutting machine and 2 hours on the sprayer
to manufacture a shade. On any day, the sprayer is available for at the most 20
hours and the grinding/cutting machine for at the most 12 hours. The profit from
the sale of a lamp is Rs 5 and that from a shade is Rs 3. Assuming that the
manufacturer can sell all the lamps and shades that he produces, how should he
schedule his daily production in order to maximise his profit?
5. A manufacturing company makes two models A and B of a product. Each piece of
Model A requires 9 labour hours for fabricating and 1 labour hour for finishing.
Each piece of Model B requires 12 labour hours for fabricating and 3 labour hours
for finishing. For fabricating and finishing, the maximum labour hours available are
180 and 30 respectively. The company makes a profit of Rs 8000 on each piece of
model A and Rs 12000 on each piece of Model B. How many pieces of Model A and
Model B should be manufactured per week to realise a maximum profit? What is
the maximum profit per week?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 299


Important Questions
6. A manufacturer produces nuts and bolts. It takes 1 hour of work on machine A and
3 hours on machine B to produce a package of nuts. It takes 3 hours on machine A
and 1 hour on machine B to produce a package of bolts. He earns a profit of
Rs17.50 per package on nuts and Rs 7.00 per package on bolts. How many
packages of each should be produced each day so as to maximise his profit, if he
operates his machines for at the most 12 hours a day?
7. A manufacturer has three machines I, II and III installed in his factory. Machines I
and II are capable of being operated for at most 12 hours whereas machine III
must be operated for atleast 5 hours a day. She produces only two items M and N
each requiring the use of all the three machines. The number of hours required for
producing 1 unit of each of M and N on the three machines are given in the
following table:
Number of hours required on machines
Items
I II III
M 1 2 1
N 2 1 1.25
She makes a profit of Rs 600 and Rs 400 on items M and N respectively. How many
of each item should she produce so as to maximise her profit assuming that she
can sell all the items that she produced? What will be the maximum profit?
8. A factory manufactures two types of screws, A and B. Each type of screw requires
the use of two machines, an automatic and a hand operated. It takes 4 minutes on
the automatic and 6 minutes on hand operated machines to manufacture a
package of screws A, while it takes 6 minutes on automatic and 3 minutes on the
hand operated machines to manufacture a package of screws B. Each machine is
available for at the most 4 hours on any day. The manufacturer can sell a package
of screws A at a profit of Rs 7 and screws B at a profit of Rs 10. Assuming that he
can sell all the screws he manufactures, how many packages of each type should
the factory owner produce in a day in order to maximise his profit? Determine the
maximum profit.
9. A company manufactures two types of novelty souvenirs made of plywood.
Souvenirs of type A require 5 minutes each for cutting and 10 minutes each for
assembling. Souvenirs of type B require 8 minutes each for cutting and 8
minutes each for assembling. There are 3 hours 20 minutes available for cutting
and 4 hours for assembling. The profit is Rs 5 each for type A and Rs 6 each
for type B souvenirs. How many souvenirs of each type should the company
manufacture in order to maximise the profit?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 300


Important Questions
10. One kind of cake requires 200g of flour and 25g of fat, and another kind of cake
requires 100g of flour and 50g of fat. Find the maximum number of cakes which
can be made from 5kg of flour and 1 kg of fat assuming that there is no shortage of
the other ingredients used in making the cakes.
11. A dietician has to develop a special diet using two foods P and Q. Each packet
(containing 30 g) of food P contains 12 units of calcium, 4 units of iron, 6 units of
cholesterol and 6 units of vitamin A. Each packet of the same quantity of food Q
contains 3 units of calcium, 20 units of iron, 4 units of cholesterol and 3 units of
vitamin A. The diet requires atleast 240 units of calcium, atleast 460 units of iron
and at most 300 units of cholesterol. How many packets of each food should be
used to minimise the amount of vitamin A in the diet? What is the minimum
amount of vitamin A? How many packets of each food should be used to maximize
the amount of vitamin A in the diet? What is the maximum amount of vitamin A in
the diet?
12. A cooperative society of farmers has 50 hectare of land to grow two crops X and Y.
The profit from crops X and Y per hectare are estimated as Rs 10,500 and Rs 9,000
respectively. To control weeds, a liquid herbicide has to be used for crops X and Y
at rates of 20 litres and 10 litres per hectare. Further, no more than 800 litres of
herbicide should be used in order to protect fish and wild life using a pond which
collects drainage from this land. How much land should be allocated to each crop
so as to maximise the total profit of the society?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 301


LIST OF FORMULAE

LIST OF FORMULAE
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
1. Definition:- Given any two non empty sets A and B a relation R from A to B is defined as sub
set of
i.e. {( )|
2. Example:- Let { { now the relation R from A to B stands for “less
than” is
{( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
3. Empty Relation: and R be the relation from A to B if { then R is called empty
relation
4. Universal Relation :- and R be the relation from A to B if then R is
called universal relation
5. Types of Relation
i) Reflexive relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be reflexive if ( ) for all
Example:- 1) Let { then {( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is reflexive
2) Let { then {( ) ( ) is not reflexive relation
ii) Symmetric relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be symmetric if ( ) ( )
Example:- 1) Let { then {( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is symmetric
2) Let { then {( ) ( ) ( ) is not symmetric
3) Let { then {( ) is symmetric relation
iii) Transitive relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be transitive if ( )( )
( )
Example:- 1) Let { then {( ) ( ) ( ) is transitive relation
2) Let { then {( ) is transitive relation
3) Let { then {( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) is not transitive
iv) Equivalence relation:- A relation R on set A is said to be equivalence if R is reflexive,
symmetric and transitive.
Example:- 1) If { then {( ) ( ) ( ) is an equivalence relation
2) If { then {(( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ))} is an equivalence
relation
Note: Every identity relation is an equivalence relation but converse need not be true.
6. Definition:- Given two non empty sets A and B a function (read it as from A to B) is
a rule which associates every element of the set A with a unique element of B
7. Note:- If the element is associated to be the elements under the function of
mapping then we write ( ) the element is called image of the element & the
element is called pre-image of
8. Domain, Co-Domain and Range of the function:- In a function , the set A is called
Domain, the set B is called co-domain and the set of all images is called range of

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 302


LIST OF FORMULAE

Different types of functions:-


i) Onto (Surjective)Function:- A function is said to be 𝑓
onto 1 a
2 b
function if all the elements of co-domain are images. 3 c
i.e. ( ) 4

In the diagram the function is an onto


function. Because all the elements of B are images. i.e. A Onto B
( ) {
Note: If is onto function then ( ) ( )

ii) One –One(injective) function:- A function is said to be one-


𝑓
one function if different elements of domain have different 1 a
2 b
images. 3 c
i.e. ( ) ( ) or ( ) ( ) d

In the diagram the function is an one-one Function


A One-One B
.Because different elements of A have different images in B.
Note: If is one-one function then ( ) ( )

iii) Bijective (one-one and onto):- A function is said to be 𝑓


Bijective function if it is both one-one and onto. In the 1 a
2 b
diagram the function is Bijective function. Because 3 c
4 d
is both one-one and onto
A B
Note: if is bijective function then ( ) ( ) Bijective

9. Inverse function :- The inverse of the function exists if and only if the function is Bijective (one-
one and onto) i.e. If is a Bijective function, then and then inverse function i.e.
exist
10. Composite function:- Let A,B,C be three non-empty sets and and be the 2
functions, let and let it be associated with under function then
( ) ( ) . Let associated with under a function then
( ) ( ), now from (1) and (2) ( ) ( ( )), so is the Image of under
a new function which is called composite function and it is denoted by .
Thus is a composite function is defined by ( ) ( ( ))
Similarly a composite function is defined by ( ) ( ( ))
11. Invertible function: A function is said to be invertible if there exists such
that
( ) ( ) .

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 303


LIST OF FORMULAE

12. Binary Operations:- On a non-empty set A, If and is unique then


is called a binary operation
13. If S be a non-empty set and be a binary operation on it then
1) Closure:
2) Commutative: for all a, b S.
3) Associativity: ( ) ( )
4) Existence of identity element: There exists an element such that

INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION


1. Inverse Function:- If f is a function from A to B ie , then the inverse function
exist iff is one-one and onto (Bijective)
2. Domain and range of the inverse trigonometric function as follows
Functions Domain Range

( )

( )

3. Properties Of Inverse Trigonometric Function :-


1. and
2. and
3. and
4. ( ) ,
5. ( ) ,
6. ( ) ,
7. ( ) ,
8. ( )
9. ( )
10.

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 304


LIST OF FORMULAE

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

4. Standard Formulae :-
1. ( ) if

2. ( ) if

3. ( ) if

4. ( ) if

MATRICES
1. Matrix :- Arrangement of the elements in rows and column
2. Order of the matrix :- (number of rows) (number of columns)
3. Types Of Matrix
i) Zero matrix :- A matrix in which each element is zero, is called zero matrix or null matrix
ii) Row matrix :- A matrix having only one row
iii) Column matrix :- A matrix having only one column
iv) Square matrix:- A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of
columns
Principle diagonal: - The diagonal from top left to bottom right
v) Diagonal matrix :- A matrix in which all the elements except the principle diagonal
elements are zero
vi) Scalar matrix :- A diagonal matrix in which all the principle diagonal elements are equal
vii) Unit matrix or Identity matrix :- A diagonal matrix in which each principle diagonal
entries is one
viii) Upper triangular matrix :- A matrix in which all the elements below the principle
diagonal are zero
ix) Lower triangular matrix :- A matrix in which all the elements above the principle
diagonal are zero
4. Two matrices are said to be equal if they have the same order and the corresponding elements
are also equal

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 305


LIST OF FORMULAE

5. If ( ) ( ) be two matrices of order then


i) ( ) [scalar (k) multiplication of matrix]
ii) ( ) [matrix addition]
iii) ( ) [matrix subtraction]
6. Matrix multiplication :- If ( )be the matrix of order and ( )be the matrix
of order then ( ) be the matrix of order , where is the sum of the
product of the corresponding elements of row of A and column of B.
7. Transpose of a matrix :- A matrix obtained from interchanging the rows into columns. If is
the matrix then transpose of A is denoted by or
i.e., ( ) then ( )
8. Symmetric matrix :- A matrix is said to be symmetric if
9. Skew-symmetric matrix :- A matrix is said to be skew-symmetric if (diagonal
elements of skew-symmetric matrices are zero)
10. Every Square matrix can be expressed as the sum of symmetric and skew symmetric matrices.
If is a square matrix then ( ) ( ) where is symmetric matrix and
is skew symmetric matrix.
11. Properties of matrices :- If and are three matrices then
1. ( )
2. ( )
3. ( )
4. ( )
5. ( ) Where
6. ( ) ( ) i.e., matrix multiplication is associative
7. i.e., matrix multiplication is not commutative
12. Elementary operations: Elementary operations are of three types
i)
ii)
iii)
13. If are the square matrices such that , then B is called inverse of A and it is
denoted by
DETERMINANTS
1. If ( ) is a square matrix of order 2 then (determinate of )

| | | |

2. If ( ) then

| | ( ) ( ) ( )

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 306


LIST OF FORMULAE

3. Properties Of Determinants
i)The value of a determinant is unaltered if its rows and columns are interchanged ( | |
| |)
ii) If two rows (or columns) of a determinant are interchanged then sign of the determinant
changes
iii) If in a determinant two rows (or columns) are identical then the value of the determinant
is zero
iv) If the element of any row (column) are multiplied by k then the value of the determinant
is multiplied by k
Note: - | | | | where is a constant and is the order of the matrix
v) If in a determinant one row (or column) is multiple of another then the value of the
determinant is zero
vi) If each element in any row (or column) of a determinant is a sum of two terms then the
determinant can be expressed as a sum of 2 determinants
vii) If to the elements of any row (or column) of a determinant the same multiples of the
corresponding elements of the other rows (or columns) of the determinant are added
then the value of the determinant is unaltered
viii) If and are the square matrices of same order then | | | || |
ix) The value of a determinant of upper triangular matrix or lower triangular matrix is equal
to product of the principal diagonal element.
4. Area of the triangle formed by the vertices ( )( ) ( ) is given by

| |

5. Equation of the line passing through the points ( ) and ( ) is | |

6. The minor of an element is the value of the determinant obtained by deleting row and
column of the matrix. The minor of the element is denoted by
7. The cofactor of an element of a matrix is denoted and defined by ( )
8. The cofactor matrix of a square matrix is the matrix obtained by replacing the elements of
by its corresponding cofactors
9. The adjoint of the matrix is the transpose of the cofactor matrix and it is denoted by
10. If is any square matrix then ( ) ( ) | |
11. If A is any square matrix and | | then | | | | where n is the order of the matrix
12. If | | then A is called singular matrix and If | | then A is called non-singular matrix
13. If is non-singular then (inverse of ) ( )
| |
14. If is non-singular then ( ) ( )

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 307


LIST OF FORMULAE

15. Matrix method :-


, and

Let [ ] [ ] and [ ]

If | | then ( ) and solution is


| |
16. Definition: A system of equation is said to be consistent if it has a solution. A system of
equation is said to be in consistent if it has no solution.
17. Note: 1) If | | then there exist unique solution and the system of equation is consistent.
2) If | | and ( ) , then system of equation has infinitely many solutions
and the system of equation is consistent.
3) If | | and ( ) , then system of equation has no solutions and the
system of equation is inconsistent.

CONTINUITY AND DIFFERENTIABILITY


1. continuous Function: A Function is said to be continuous at if ( ) ( ). If ( )
is continuous at every point of its domain then it is called continuous function.
2. Sum, difference, product and quotint of continuous function are continuous.
i.e. if and are continuous function then
1) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) is continuous.
2) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) is continuous.
3) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) is continuous.
( )
4)( ) ( ) ( ) is continuous.
( )
3. if ( ) and ( ) are continuous function then ( ) ( ) are continuous.
4. Derivative of a function:- Let ( ) be the continuous function then derivative of ( ) is
( ) ( )
defined by ( )
5. Derivative of the function at :- Let ( ) be the continuous function at then
( ) ( )
derivative of ( ) at is defined by ( )
6. Some useful results of differentiations
1) ( ) 2) ( )

3) (√ ) 4) ( )

5) ( ) 6) ( )
7) ( ) 8) ( )
9) ( ) 10) ( )

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 308


LIST OF FORMULAE

11) ( ) 12)

13) 14)

15) ( ) 16) ( ) √

17) ( ) 18) ( )

19) ( ) 20) ( ) √

21) ( ) √
7. Rules of differentiation:-
1. ( ( )) ( )

2. ( ) ( ) ( ) where

3. ( ) ( ) ( ) where

4. ( ) ( ) ( ) where
( ) ( )
5. ( ) where

8. Chain rule:- If ( ( )) is a continuous function then ( ( )) ( )


9. Implicit functions
The function ( ) is said to be an explicit functions if can be expressed in terms
of or x can be expressed in terms of otherwise function is called implicit function.
10. Differentiation of inverse trigonometric functions by substitution
Expression Substitution
1.

2.
3.
4. √
5. √
6. √
7.

8. √ √

Use the suitable substitution in case of problems involving inverse trigonometric functions
and then differentiate. If no substitution is found, differentiate the function directly

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 309


LIST OF FORMULAE

11. Derivative of parametric functions :


The function of the form ( ) ( ) are called parametric equations and is
called parameter
( )
Then ( ) ( )
( )

12. Differentiation of one function with respect to another function


To find deviation of ( ) with respect to ( )
Put ( ) ( )
Then ( ) ( )
( )
Therefore
( )
13. Logarithmic differentiation : It is used in following types:
( )
1. ( ( ))
( ) ( ) ( )
2. ( ) ( ) ( )
3. ( ) ( ) ( )
14. Successive differentiation :
( ) then it is the first order derivative of w.r.t. . If

we find the derivative of w.r.t. i.e. ( ) which is is called as second order

derivative of y w.r.t . It is denoted by ( )


15. Successive differentiation is the process of getting the higher order derivatives.
16. Rolle’s Theorem: If [ ] is continuous on [ ] and differentiable on ( ) such that
( ) ( ), then there exists some in ( ) such that ( )
17. Mean Value Theorem: If [ ] is continuous on [ ] and differentiable on ( ),
( ) ( )
then there exists some in ( ) such that ( )

APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIATION
1. Rate of change of with respct to

2. With the usual notation velocity


3. Note:
i) Circle:
Diameter , Area and Circumference Where is the
radius of the circle.
ii) Square:
Area , Perimeter , Where is the side of the square.

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 310


LIST OF FORMULAE

iii) Rectangle:
Area , Perimeter , Where is the length and is the breath of
the rectangle.
iv) Equilateral triangle:

Area , where is the side of the triangle.
v) Cube:
Surface area , Volume , Where is the side of the cube.
vi) Sphere:
Surface area , Volume , Where is the radius of the sphere.
vii) Cone:
Lateral surface area (L.S.A) , Total surface area(T.S.A) ( )
Volume , Where is the radius, is the height and is the slant height of
the cone.
4. If is approximate chane in and is approximate change in then
5. If y = f (x) is the equation to a curve, then the slope of the tangent at ( 1, 1) is ( )
( )

and slope of the normal is


6. The equation of the tangent to a curve at any point (x1, y1) is
– ( ) where ( ) and the equation of the normal at (x1,y1) is
( )

– ( )
7. The acute angle between two curves at the point of intersection P is given by
| | ( ) for the first curve & ( ) for second curve.

8. then the two curves touch each other


9. then the two curves cut each other orthogonally
10. If a function f(x) is said to be increasing function if ( )
11. If a function f(x) is said to be decreasing function if ( )
12. If a function f(x) is said to be strictly increasing function if ( )
13. If a function f(x) is said to be strictly decreasing function if ( )
14. If ( ) , at a point, then the function is stationary at that point. This point is called as the
critical point. The values of at this point are the critical values of x. At this point the function
is neither strictly increases nor strictly decreases.
15. First Derivative test for maxima or minima: Let be a function defined on an open interval .
Let be continuous at a critical point in ( ( ) )
1) If ( ) changes its sign from positive to negative then ( ) has maximum at
2) If ( ) changes its sign from negative to positive then ( ) has minimum at
3) If ( ) does not changes its sign then f(x) has neither maximum nor minimum at

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 311


LIST OF FORMULAE

16. Second derivative test for maxima or minima Let be a function defined on an open interval
. Let be continuous at a critical point in ( ( ) )
1) A function f(x) has a maximum at x = c, if ( ) ( )
2) A function f(x) has a minimum at x = c, if ( ) ( )
3) If ( ) ( ) in this case we go back to the first derivative test.
17. To find absolute maxima or absolute minima
1) Find all the critical points of in the interval, find points such that ( )
2) Take the end points of the interval.
3) At all these points calculate the value of the function.
4) The maximum (greatest) value will be the absolute maximum value of ( ) and minimum
(least) value will be the absolute minimum value of ( )

INTEGRATION
1. Standard Forms
 Integration is the reverse process of differentiation i.e., integration is anti-derivation.
2. If ( ) ( ) ( ) and ∫ ( )
3. Two elementary Rules of Integration
 ∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
 ∫[ ( ) ( )] ∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
4. Some useful results of Integration
1) ∫ 2) ∫ ( )
3) ∫ | | 4) ∫ √

5) ∫ 6) ∫
7) ∫ 8) ∫
9) ∫ | | 10) ∫ | |
11) ∫ | | 12)∫ | |
13) ∫ 14) ∫
15) ∫ 16) ∫
17) ∫ √ 18) ∫ √ | √ |
19) ∫ √ | √ | 20) ∫

21) ∫ | | 22) ∫ | |
23) ∫ √

24) ∫ √ √

25) ∫ √ √ | √ |

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 312


LIST OF FORMULAE

26) ∫ √ √ | √ |
27) ∫ ( ( ) ( )) ( )
5. If ( ) is a continuous function on a closed interval, then
∫ ( ) [ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) )] where

6. If ∫ ( ) ( ) then ∫ ( ) ( ) ( )
7. Generalised Standard Forms
 ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( )

Illustration : ∫ ∫ ( ) ( )
8. Integrals reducible to standard forms.
Example: consider ∫[ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( )

∫[ ( )] ( ) ∫

9. Particular cases
( )
 ∫ ( )
| ( )| ∫ | |
( )
 ∫ ( )
√ ( ) ∫√ √

 ∫ ( )√ ( ) ( ( )) ∫√
10. Integral of the form
∫ ∫√ ∫ √

The first two integrals can be reduced to standard form of by completing the square; for the
next two integrals, put ( ) and splitI into two integrals.

11. Integrals involving √ √ and √


If the integrated contains a term of the form
i. √
ii. √
iii. √
12. Integration by parts
 First form : ∫ ∫
 Second form: ∫( )( ) ( ) [∫ ] ∫[ ( )∫ ]
13. Integrals involving √ ( )√
The first integral can be reduced to standard form of by completing the square; for the second
integrals, put ( ) and splitI into two integrals.
S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 313
LIST OF FORMULAE

14. Properties of definite integrals:-


 ∫ ( ) =∫ ( )
 ∫ ( ) = ∫ ( )
 ∫ ( ) =∫ ( ) (x) + ∫ ( ) , where a < c < b
 ∫ ( ) ∫( )
 ∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
∫ ( ) ( ) ( )
 ∫ ( )dx = {
( – ) ( )
∫ ( ) ( )
 ∫ ( ) {
( )

APPLICATION OF INTEGRATION
1. The area bounded by the curve y = f(x), x – axis and the lines and is given by
∫ ( )
2. The area bounded by the curve x = f(y), y – axis and the lines and is given by
∫ ( )
3. Area between two curves : ( ) ( ) and the limits and is
given by ∫ [ ( ) ( )]
4. Area between two curves : ( ) ( ) and the limits and is given
by ∫ [ ( ) ( )]

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
1. An equation involving derivatives of the dependent variable with respect to independent
variable (variables) is known as a differential equation.
2. Order of a differential equation is the order of the highest order derivative occurring in the
differential equation.
3. Degree of a differential equation is defined if it is a polynomial equation in its derivatives.
Degree (when defined) of a differential equation is the highest power (positive integer only) of
the highest order derivative in it.
4. To form a differential equation from a given function we differentiate the function successively
as many times as the number of arbitrary constants in the given function and then eliminate
the arbitrary constants.
5. The differential equation is said to be in Variable separable form if is the
function of and n is the function of . The general solution is ∫ ∫

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 314


LIST OF FORMULAE

6. A differential equation ( ) is said to be homogenous differential equation of degree


if ( ) ( )
7. A homogenous differential equation can be reduced to variable separable form by putting
.

8. A differential equation where are function of is called linear differential


equation in, The general solution of differential equation is ( ) ∫ ( ) where
∫ .
9. A differential equation where are function of is called linear differential
equation in, The general solution of differential equation is ( ) ∫ ( ) where
∫ .

VECTORS
1. Definition:- Physical quantities that have both magnitude and direction.
i.e. ⃗ |⃗ | ̂ where|⃗ | magnitude & ̂ gives the direction of the vector
2. Types of vector:-
1. Null vector: A vector whose magnitude is zero
2. Unit vectors: A vector whose magnitude is one. A unit vector along the direction of ⃗ is

denoted by ̂ and ̂ |⃗ |
where|⃗ | of ⃗
3. Equal vectors : Two vectors are said to be equal vectors if there magnitude and direction
are same
4. Like vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be like vectors if they have same direction
5. Unlike vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be unlike vectors if they have opposite
direction
6. Negative vectors : A vector having the same magnitude as that of the vector ⃗ and the
direction opposite to that of ⃗ is called negative vector and it is denoted by ⃗
7. Co-initial vectors : Two or more vectors are said to be co-initial vectors if there initial
point co-inside
8. Collinear Vectors: Two or more vectors are said to be collinear vectors if they have the
same direction or opposite direction
9. Coplanar vectors : Vectors lying in the same plane or parallel planes are called coplanar
vectors

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 315


LIST OF FORMULAE

3. Addition of two vectors :


i) Parallelogram law of addition of two vectors: let ⃗ and ⃗ be two vectors
𝐶 𝐷
such that ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . Complete the
parallelogram . Then the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
represented by the diagonal is the sum

⃗ ⃗ . This process of addition is called
Parallelogram law of addition.
ii) Triangle law of addition of two vectors: let ⃗ and ⃗ be two vectors
such that ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ . Complete the ⃗
triangle . Now, the ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is called the sum ⃗
⃗ ⃗ . This process of addition is called
4. Position vector of a point :Let O be the fixed point in space called the origin and let P be any
point in space then the vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is called position vector of P w.r.t O
5. The position vector of a point ( ) in a plane is given by ̂ ̂ where ̂ ̂ are the unit
vectors along the direction of and axis respectively and its magnitude is given by √
6. The position vector of a point ( ) in a space is given by ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ where
̂ ̂ ̂ are the unit vectors along the direction of and axis respectively and its
magnitude is given by √
7. Direction cosines of a vector: Let ̂ ̂ ̂ be a vector which is inclined at angles (say)
, ,  with and axes respectively then cos, cos, cos are the direction cosines of

1.  | | | ̂| √

2.  | | | ̂| √

3.  | || ̂ | √

8. Dot Product (Scalar Product) of two vectors :Let ⃗ ⃗ be any two vectors then scalar product
is defined as ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | 𝐵

9. Geometrical interpretation of dot product:


OP gives the projection of vector ⃗ ⃗ 𝑏⃗
⃗ ⃗
OP = |⃗ | i.e., 𝜃
|⃗ |
𝐴
⃗ ⃗ 𝑂
𝑀 𝑎
⃗ ⃗
|⃗ |
10. Properties
1) |⃗ | ⃗ ⃗
2) ⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 316


LIST OF FORMULAE

3) ⃗ ( ⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗ )( )
4) If ⃗ is perpendicular to ⃗ then ⃗ ⃗
5) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
6) where are unit vectors along axes respectively.
7)
⃗ ⃗
8) (| ) ⃗ ⃗
⃗ ||⃗ |

9) If = a1i + a2j + a3k and ⃗ = b1i + b2j + b3k are the two non-zero vectors then ⃗ = a1b1
+ a2b2 + a3b3
11. Cross vector (Vector product) of two vectors: Let ⃗ ⃗ be any two vectors then cross product
is defined as ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ||⃗ | ̂ where is the angle between ⃗ ⃗ ̂ is the unit
vector perpendicular to the plane containing ⃗ ⃗.
12. Geometrical interpretation of cross product: 𝐵 𝐶
Consider a triangle OAB. Its two side are represented by vector ⃗
𝑏
⃗ ⃗ and is the angle between them, then 𝐸

Area of triangle OAB = |⃗ ||⃗ | |⃗ ⃗|


𝑂 𝑀 𝑎 𝐴
13. Area of a parallelogram with adjacent sides represented
by vectors ⃗ ⃗ |⃗ ⃗ | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

where ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are vectors representing diagonals


14. Properties
1) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
2) If ⃗ is parallel to ⃗ then ⃗ ⃗
3) If ⃗ is perpendicular to to ⃗ then |⃗ ⃗| |⃗ ||⃗ |
4)
5)
⃗ ⃗
6) ̂ ( ̂ is unit vector perpendicular to plane containing ⃗ ⃗)
|⃗ ⃗|

7) ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
8) If ⃗⃗⃗ = a1i + a2i + a3k & ⃗ = b1i + b2j + b3k are two non-zero vectors then ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗

| |

15. Scalar triple product: Let ⃗ ⃗ be any three vectors then scalar triple product is defined as

⃗⃗ (⃗ ) | | Where ⃗ ,⃗ ,

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 317


LIST OF FORMULAE

16. Representation ⃗ (⃗ ) [⃗ ⃗ ]
17. Geometrical Interpretation of scalar triple product: Volume of the parallelepiped whose three
co-initial edges are represented by vectors ⃗ ⃗ is given by ⃗ (⃗ ) [⃗ ⃗ ]
18. Properties
1) ⃗ (⃗ ) ⃗ ( ⃗) (⃗ ⃗ )
2) Dot and cross can be interchanged in case of scalar triple products.
i.e. ⃗ (⃗ ) (⃗ ⃗ )
3) [⃗ ⃗ ] [⃗ ⃗ ]
4) [⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ] [⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ] [⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ]
5) Three vectors are coplanar if [⃗ ⃗ ]

THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY


1. If are the direction angles made by the vector with the positive x-axis, y-axis and z-axis
respectively then are the direction cosines.
2. Any three numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines of a line are called the
direction ratios of the line.
3. Equation of the line passing through the point ( ) and parallel to vector ⃗ is given by
1) Vector form: ⃗ , where is the PV of the point and is the PV of any point .
2) Cartesian form: , where are the direction ratios of ⃗ .
4. Equation of the line passing through the two points ( ) and ( ) is given by
1) Vector form: (⃗ ) , where is the PV of the point and ⃗ is the PV of the
point .
2) Cartesian form:
5. Angle between two lines
1) vector form : If angle between two lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ then
⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
|⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

2) Cartesian form: If angle between two lines and

then
√ √

6. Note: 1) If the lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ & ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are perpendicular ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
2) If two lines and are perpendicular then
.
3) If are the direction cosines of the two lines and is the angle
between two lines then
4) If two lines and are parallel then

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 318


LIST OF FORMULAE

7. The Shortest distance between two skew lines


1) Vector form: The shortest distance between the skew lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗
(⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
is | |⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
|

2) Cartesian form: The shortest distance between the skew lines and

| |
is | |
√( ) ( ) ( )

8. The two lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ are coplanar then (⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) (⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )
9. The two lines and are coplanar then

| |

| ⃗ (⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ )|
10. The distance between two parallel lines ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ is
|⃗ |

11. Equation of the plane in normal form


1) Vector form: Equation of the plane which is at a distance from the origin is ̂ ,
where ̂ is the unit vector along the direction of the normal to the plane.
2) Cartesian Form: Equation of the plane which is at a distance from the origin is
, where are the direction cosines of the unit vector along the direction of the
normal to the plane.
12. Equation of the plane through the point ( ) and perpendicular to vector ⃗ is given by
1) Vector form: ( ) ⃗ , where is the PV of the point A.
2) Cartesian form: ( ) ( ) ( ) where are the direction
ratios of ⃗ .
13. Equation of the plane passing through the three non collinear points ( ),
( ) and ( ) is given by
1) Vector form: ( ) [( ⃗ ) ( )] , where ⃗ is the Position vector of
the points A , B, C respectively.

2) Cartesian form: | |

14. Equation of the plane whose are


respectively is given by .
15. The vector equation of any plane that passes through the line of intersection of the planes
⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ is ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ )

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 319


LIST OF FORMULAE

16. The Cartesian equation of any plane that passes through the line of intersection of the planes
is
( ) ( )
|⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
17. If is the Angle between the two planes ⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗ then |⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ||⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
18. If is the Angle between the two planes and
then
√ √

|⃗ ⃗ |
19. The acute angle between the line ⃗ and the plane ⃗ is | ⃗ || ⃗ |

LINEAR PROGRAMMING
1. Optimal Value: The maximum or minimum value of LPP is called Optimal value.
2. Objective function: Linear function Z = ax + by, where a, b are constants, which has to be
maximised or minimized is called objective function.
3. Decision variables: If Z = ax + by is objective function then variables x and y are called decision
variables.
4. Constraints : The linear inequalities or equations or restrictions on the variables of a linear
programming problem are called constraints.
5. Optimisation problem: A problem which seeks to maximise or minimise a linear function
subject to certain constraints as determined by a set of linear inequalities is called an
otimisation problem.
6. Feasible region: The common region determined by all the constraints of a linear programming
problem is called the feasible region.
7. Feasible solutions: Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region of LPP is called
feasible solutions.
8. Infeasible solution: Any point lying outside the feasible region of an LPP is called an infeasible
solution.
9. Optimal solution: Any point in the feasible region that gives the optimal value (maximum or
minimum) of the objective function is called an optimal solution.
10. Bounded and unbounded feasible region: A feasible region of a system of linear inequalities is
said to be bounded if it can be enclosed within a circle. Otherwise, it is called unbounded.
11. Corner point: A corner point of a feasible region is a point in the region which is the
intersection of two boundary lines.

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 320


LIST OF FORMULAE

PROBABILITY
1. The conditional probability of an event E, given the occurrence of the event F is given by
( )
( | ) ( )
( )

2. If are any events then


1) ( | )
2) ( | ) ( | )
3) (( )| ) ( | ) ( | ) (( )| )
3. Multiplication theorem of probability:
1) ( ) ( ) ( | ) , where ( )
2) ( ) ( ) ( | ) , where ( )
4. If E and F are independent, then
1) ( ) ( ) ( ) , where ( ) ( )
2) ( | ) ( ) , where ( )
3) ( | ) ( ) , where ( )
5. Theorem of total probability
Let { be a partition of a sample space and suppose that each of
has nonzero probability. Let A be any event associated with S, then ( ) ( ) ( | )
( ) ( | ) ( ) ( | )
6. Bayes' theorem: If are events which constitute a partition of sample space S, i.e.
are pairwise disjoint and and A be any event with
( ) ( | )
nonzero probability, then ( | ) ∑ ( ) ( | )

7. A random variable is a real valued function whose domain is the sample space of a random
experiment.
8. The probability distribution of a random variable X is the system of numbers
X
P(X) ( ) ( ) ( )
Where ∑
9. Let X be a random variable whose possible values occur with probabilities
respectively. The mean of X, denoted by , is the number ∑ The
mean of a random variable X is also called the expectation of X, denoted by E (X).
S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 321
LIST OF FORMULAE

10. Let X be a random variable whose possible values occur with probabilities
( ) ( ) ( ) respectively. Let ( ) be the mean of X. The variance of X,
denoted by Var (X) or is defined as ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) . The non-

negative number √∑ ( ) ( ) is called the standard deviation of the random


variable X.
11. ( ) ( ) [ ( )]
12. Trials of a random experiment are called Bernoulli trials, if they satisfy the following conditions:
1) There should be a finite number of trials.

2) The trials should be independent.

3) Each trial has exactly two outcomes : success or failure.


4) The probability of success remains the same in each trial.

13. For Binomial distribution B (n, p), P (X = x) = and

S.P.S.M. P.U SCIENCE COLLEGE, DAVANGERE 322


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

QUESTION PAPER (MARCH 2014)


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Relation R on defined by ( )( )( ) is not symmetric, Why?
2. Write the domain of ( )
3. Define a scalar matrix.
4. If [ ] | |

5. If ( )
6. Evaluate ∫( )
7. Find the direction cosines of the vector ̂ ̂ ̂
8. Find the equation of the plane with intercept 4 on z-axis and parallel to plane.
9. Define Feasible Region.
10. If ( ) ( | ) ( )
PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Verify whether the operation defined on by is associate or not

12. Write the simplest form of (√ )

13. Evaluate [ ( )]
14. Find the equation of the line joining (1,2) and (3,6) using determinants.
15. If
16. If
17. Find the approximate change in the volume v of a cube of side metres caused by
increasing the side by 2%.
18. Evaluate: ∫
19. Evaluate: ∫

20. Find the order and degree of the differential equation ( )


21. Find ⃗ is a Unit Vector such that ( ⃗ ⃗ )( ⃗ ⃗) find | ⃗ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 323


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

22. Find the area of a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are given by the vectors
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
23. Find the angle between the pair of lines. ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
⃗ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
24. Find the probability distribution of number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Find gof and fog if and are given by ( ) and ( )
show that
26. Prove that ( ) [ ]

27. By using Elementary transformations find the inverse of the matrix [ ]

28. Find ( ) and ( )


29. Verify Rolle’s theorem for the function [ ]
30. Find the interval in which the function f given by ( ) is
a. Strictly increasing. b. Strictly decreasing.
( )
31. Find ∫ ( )
32. Evaluate ∫
33. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
34. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves where m is
arbitrary constant.
35. Prove that [ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ] [ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗] [ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ]
36. If ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ are such that ⃗ ⃗⃗ is
perpendicular to ⃗ Then find the value of .
37. Find the distance of a point ( ) from the plane ⃗ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
38. A die is tossed thrice. Find the probability of getting an odd number at least once.
PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Prove the function defined by ( ) where
is invertible. Also write the inverse of ( )
40. If [ ] [ ] [ ] calculate AC, BC and ( ) Also verify
that [( )
41. Solve the following system of equation by matrix method.
and
42. If

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 324


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

43. A ladder 24 ft long leans against a vertical wall. The lower end is moving away at the rate
of 3ft/sec. Find the rate at which the top of the ladder is moving down wars. If its foot is
8ft from the wall.
44. Find ∫ and hence evaluate ∫
45. Find the area of the region bounded by the two parabola
46. Find the general solution of the differential equation .
47. Derive the equation of a plane in normal for m both in the vector and Cartesian form.
48. A person buys a lottery ticket in 50 lotteries in each of which his chance of winning a prize
is , what is the probability that he will win a prize exactly once?
PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
49. a) Mininize and maximize subject to the constraints
by graphical method.

b) Show that | |

50. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) and hence evaluate ∫ ( )

b) Find the value of k, ( ) { is continuous at

******

QUESTION PAPER (JUNE 2014 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Let be a binary operation defined on the set of Rational Numbers Q defined by
prove that is a commutative.
2. Find the principle value of ( )
3. Define a diagonal matrix.
4. If [ ] | |

5. Find ( )
6. Evaluate ∫( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 325


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

7. Define a unit vector


8. If a line makes angle with positive direction of axis
respectively. Find its direction cosines.
9. In linear programming problems, define linear objectives function.
10. If ( ) ( ) ( ) | | )
PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Show that function by ( ) ( ) & ( ) for every is
onto but not one - one.
12. Prove that

13. Write the simplest form of (√ )

14. Find the equation of a line passing through ( )( ) using determinants.

15. If √ √ √ √

16. Find ( )
17. Approximate √ by using differential.
18. Integrate ( )
19. Evaluate: ∫
20. Find the order and degree of differential equation ( ) .
21. Find the area of parallelogram whose adjacent sides determine by the vectors
⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
22. Obtain the projection of the vector ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ on the vector ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
23. Find the equation of the plane through the inter section of planes
and and the point ( )
24. A die is thrown. If E is the event the number appearing is a multiple of 3 are F be the event
the number appearing is even, then prove that E and F are independent events.
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Show that the Relation R in the set Z of integers given by ( ) ( )
is an Equivalence Relation.
26. Prove that ( ) [ ] | |

27. For any square matrix A with Real numbers. Prove that is a symmetric and
is a skew symmetric.
28. If ( ) ( ) Prove that

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 326


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

29. Verify mean value theorem if ( ) in the interval [ ] where and

30. Find two positive numbers x and y such that is maximum.


31. Evaluate ∫
32. Integrate
33. Determine the area of the region bounded by and the lines and and
the x axis in the first quadrant.
34. Form the differential Equation of the family of circles touching the at origin.
35. If two vectors ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ such that |⃗⃗| |⃗⃗| ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ final |⃗⃗ ⃗⃗|
36. Find the unit vector perpendicular to each of the vector (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) Where
⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
37. Find the shortest distance between the lines whose vector equations are
⃗ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
38. Bag – I contains 3 red and 4 black balls while another bag – II contains 5 red and 6 red
black balls. One ball is drawn at random from one of the bags and it is found to be red.
Find the probability that it was drawn from Bag – II.
PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Prove that the function defined by ( ) where is
invertible. Also find the inverse of f.

40. If [ ] then show that

41. Solve the system of linear equation using matrix method. ,


and
42. Given ( ) ( )
43. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate 5cm/min and width y is increasing at
the rate of 4cm/min when Find the rate of change of the
perimeters and the area of the rectangle
44. Find the integral of √ with respect to x and hence. Evaluate ∫ √
45. Find the area of the region enclosed between the two circles. and
( )
46. Solve ( ) ( )
47. Derive equation of a line in a space through a given point and parallel to a vector both in
the vector and cartesian form.
48. In a fair coins is tossed 10 times. Find the probability of
a. Exactly six heads and
b. At least six heads
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 327
MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10

49. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) and hence. Evaluate ∫


b) Determine the value of k, if ( ) { is continuous at

50. a) Minimise and maximise subjected to constraints.


, ,

b) Prove that | | ( )

******

QUESTION PAPER (MARCH 2015 )

Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100


Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.

PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Let be a operation defined on the set of rational numbers by find the identity
element.
2. Write the values of x for which 2 holds
3. Construct a matrix [ ] whose elements are given by | |

4. Find the values of | | | |

5. Find ( )

6. Evaluate ∫ ( )
7. Define negative of a vector.
8. Write the direction cosines of x-axis.
9. Define feasible region in LPP.
10. If ( ) ( ) ( ) if are independent events.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 328


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Show that if are one –one, then is also one-one.
12. Show that ( √ )
√ √

13. Show that 2


14. If the area of the triangle with vertices ( )( ) ( ) is 4 square units, find the
values of k using determinants.
15. Differentiate ( ) with respect to x.
16. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve at

17. Find
18. Evaluate: ∫

19. Evaluate: ∫

20. Find the order and degree, if defined of the differential equation ( ) ( )

21. Find |⃗⃗| (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) and |⃗⃗| |⃗⃗|.
22. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are determined by the vectors
⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
23. Find the angle between the pair of lines given by ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
⃗ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
24. Let X denotes the number of hours study during a randomly selected school day. The
probability that X can take the values of x, has the following form, where K is some
constant.

( ) [
( )

Find the value of K

PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Determine whether the relation R in the set defined as
( ) is reflexive, symmetric and transitive
26. If then find the values of x.
27. If A and B are invertible matrices of the same order, then prove that ( )
28. Verify Rolles theorem for the function ( ) [ ]
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 329
MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

29. If √ √ then prove that


30. Find the two positive numbers whose sum is 15 and sum of whose square is minimum.
31. Evaluate : ∫
32. Evaluate ∫ as a limit of sum.
33. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve and the line
34. Show that the position vector of the point P, which divides the line joining the points A and
⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
B having position vectors ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ internally in the ratio is
35. Show that the four points with position vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂
and ̂ ̂ ̂ are coplanar.
36. Find the equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes
and the point ( )
37. From the differential equation of the circles touching the x-axis at origin.
38. An insurance company insured 2000 scooter drivers, 4000 car drivers and 6000 truck
drivers. The probability of an accidents are respectively. One of the
insured person meets with an accident. What is the probability that he is a scooter driver?

PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Let be the set of all non-negative real numbers. Show that the function
[ ) ( ) is invertible and write the inverse of f.

40. If [ ] then show that

41. Solve by matrix method:


42. If show that ( )
43. A particle moves along the curve Find the points on the curve at which the
coordinate is changing 8 times as fast as the coordinate.
44. Find the integral of √ with respect to x and hence evaluate ∫ √
45. Using integration find the area of the triangular region whose sides have the equations

46. Solve the differential equation


47. Derive the equation of the line in space passing through a point and parallel to a vector
both in vector and Cartesian form.
48. A die is thrown 6 times. If ;getting an odd number’ is a success, what is probability of :
a) 5 successes? b) At least 5 successes? c) At most 5 successes?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 330


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
∫ ( ) ( )
49. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) { and hence
( )
evaluate ∫

b) Prove that | |

50. a) A manufacturing company makes two models A and B of a product. Each piece of model
A requires 9 labours hours for fabricating and 1 labour hour for finishing. Each piece of
models B requires 12 labour hours for fabricating and 3 labour hours for finishing. For
fabricating and finishing , the maximum labour hours available are 180 and 30 respectively.
The company makes a profit of Rs. 8,000 on each piece of model A and Rs. 12,000 on each
piece of model B. How many pieces of model A and model B should be manufactured per
week to realize a maximum profit? What is the maximum profit per week?

b) Find the value of K so that the function ( ) [ at is a

continuous function.

*********

QUESTION PAPER ( JUNE 2015 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Let be a binary operations on the set of natural numbers given by of a
and b, find
2. Find the value of ( )
3. Define a scalar matrix

4. Find | | [ ]

5. Find (√ )
6. Evaluate ∫ ( )
7. Show that the vectors ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are collinear.
8. Find the intercepts cut off by the place
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 331
MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

9. Define optimal solution of LPP.


10. If ( ) ( ) ( | ) ( )

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. If is given by ( ) ( ) then find ( )( )
12. Write ( ) in the simplest form
13. Prove that [ ]
14. If area of a triangle whose verticles are ( )( ) ( ) is 4 sq. units then find the
value of k using determinant method.
15. Find ( )

16. Find ( )

17. Using differentials, find the approximate value of √
18. Evaluate ∫

19. Evaluate: ∫ ( )
20. Find the order and degree (if defined) of the differential equation.
21. Find the projection of the vector ̂ ̂ ̂ on the vector ̂ ̂ ̂

22. Let |⃗⃗| |⃗⃗| |⃗⃗ ⃗⃗| Find the angle between ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
23. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the points ( ) and ( )
24. Find the probability distribution of the number of tails in simultaneous tosses of three
coins.
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Prove that the relation R in the set of integers Z defined by
( ) ) is an equivalence relation.
26. Solve : ( ) ( )

27. Express [ ] as sum of symmetric skew symmetric matrix.

28. Find [ ( )]
29. Verify Mean Value Theorem for the function ( ) in the interval
30. Find two numbers whose sum is 24 and whose product is an large as possible.
31. Evaluate ∫ ( )( )

32. Evaluate ∫ as a limit of a sum


33. Find the area lying between the curve and the line

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 332


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

34. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves ( ) where a
and b are arbitrary constants.
35. Find the unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) (⃗⃗ ⃗⃗) where

⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
36. Find ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ are coplanar.
37. Find the distance between the lines ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and ⃗ ̂
̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
38. Bag – I contains 3 red and 4 black balls while another bag – II contains 5 red and 6 red
black balls. One ball is drawn at random from one of the bags and it is found to be red.
Find the probability that it was drawn from Bag – II.
PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Prove that the function defined by ( ) is invertible and find the
inverse of the function .

40. If [ ] [ ] [ ] then compute

( ) ( ) Also verify ( ) ( )
41. Solve the system of linear equation using matrix method ,
and
42. If ( ) then show that ( ) ( )
43. A sand is pouring from a pipe at the rate of 12 . The falling sand form a cone on
the ground in such way that the height of the cone is always one – sixth of the radius of
the base. How fast is the height of the sand cone increasing when the height is 4 cm.
44. Find the integral of √ with respect to x and hence evaluate ∫ √
45. Find the area bounded by the curves ( ) and using
integrating method.
46. Find the general solution of the differential equation ( ) ( )
47. Derive the equation of a plane perpendicular to a given vector and passing through a
given point in both vector form and Cartesian form.
48. Five cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards.
What is the probability that
1) All five cards are spade. 2) Only three cards are spade?
3) None is one spade?

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 333


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
49. a) One kind of cake requires 200g of flour and 25g, of fat and another kind of cake
requires 100 g flour and 50g of fat. Find the maximum number of cakes which can be
made from 5 kg of flour and 1 kg of fat assuming that three is no shortage of the other
ingredients used in making the cakes.

b) Find the values of a and b such that ( ) { is a continuous

function.

50. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) and hence ∫ √

b) Prove that | |

*******

QUESTION PAPER (MARCH 2016 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.

PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Find ∫ ( )
2. Find the value of if | | | |

3. If then find
4. Find the value of ( ),| |
5. If ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ then find the position vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
6. Find the distance of the point ( ) from the plane
7. If [ ] is a scalar matrix then find
8. If ( ) ( | ) then find ( )
9. An operation on (the set of all non-negative integers) is defined as
. Is a binary operation on
10. Define feasible region in a linear programming problem.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 334


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Write the simplest form of [ ]
12. Using determinant show that points ( ) ( ) and ( ) are collinear.
13. If functions and are given by ( ) | | and ( ) [ ] (where [ ] is
a greatest integer function) then find ( ) and ( )
14. Prove that ( √ ) where .

15. Find if [ ] where


16. If then prove that .

17. Find ∫ .

18. Using differential find the approximate value of ( )


19. Evaluate ∫ ( ( ) ( ))
20. If | ⃗ ⃗⃗| |⃗ ⃗⃗| then prove that ⃗ and ⃗⃗ are perpendicular.

21. Find the order and degree (if defined ) of the differential equation ( )
22. Find the angle between the vectors ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ and ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂.
23. The random variable X has a probability distribution ( ) of the following form where is

some number: ( ) { , determine the value of and ( )

24. Find the Cartesian equation of the line parallel to and passing through the point
( ).

PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Show that ( ) ( ) ( )

26. By using elementary transformations, find the inverse of the matrix ( )


27. Show that the relation in the set given by
( ) | | is an equivalence relation.
28. Verify Mean Value Theorem if ( ) in the interval [ ] .

29. If , prove that √

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 335


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

30. contains 2 gold coins, while another contains 1 gold and 1 silver coin. A
person chooses a box at random and takes out a coin. If the coin is of gold, what is the
probability that the other coin in the box is also of gold?
31. Find ∫ ( )( )

32. Integrate ( )( )
with respect to
33. Find two positive numbers whose product is 100 and whose sum is minimum.
34. Find the area lying between the and the line
35. For any three vectors ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗, prove that vectors ⃗ ⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗ ⃗ and ⃗ ⃗ are coplanar.
36. Find the distance between the and given by ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂)
37. Find the sine of the angle between the vectors ̂ ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂.
38. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point ( ) given that the slopeof the
tangent to the curve at any point is
PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30

39. If [ ] and [ ], verify that ( )

40. Solve the system of linear equations by matrix method: ,


,
41. Let be defined by ( ) . Show that where is the
range of function , is invertible. Also find the inverse of
42. If length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 3cm/minute and the width is
increasing at the rate of 2 cm/minute, when and find the rates of
change of (i) the perimeter, (ii) the area of the rectangle.
43. If ( ) show that ( )
44. Find the integral of w.r.t and hence find ∫
45. Using integration find the area of region bounded by the triangle whose vertices are
( )( ) ( ).
46. Derive the equation of a plane perpendicular to a given vector and passing through a given
point both in vector and Cartesian form.
47. The probability that a student is not a swimmer is . Find the probability that out of 5
students, (i) at least four are swimmers and (ii) at most three are swimmers.
48. Solve the differential equation ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 336


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
49. a) Minimize and maximize , subject to the constraints ,
, and by graphical method.

b) Find the value of , if ( ) { is continuous at .

∫ ( ) ( ) ( )
50. a) prove that ∫ ( ) { and hence evaluate
( ) ( )

b) prove that | | ( )( )( )( )

********

QUESTION PAPER (JUNE 2016 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. An operation (the set of all non-negative integers) is defined as
| | Is binary operation on
2. Write the domain of ( )
3. Define a scalar matrix.

4. Find the values of | | | |

5. If ( )
6. Find ∫ ( )
7. Find unit vector in the direction of vector ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
8. Write the direction cosines of z-axis.
9. Define optimal solution in L.P.P.
10. If ( ) ( ) ( ) find ( | )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 337


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Find gof and fog, if are given by ( ) and ( )
12. Prove that ( ) [ ]

13. Find the value of ( )


14. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are ( )( ) ( ) by using determinant
method.
15. If ( )

16. Find if
17. Find the interval in which the function f given by ( ) is strictly increasing.
18. Find : ∫
19. Evaluate: ∫ √

20. Find the order and degree of the differential equation

21. If two vectors ⃗ ⃗⃗ such that | ⃗| | ⃗⃗ | and ⃗ ⃗⃗ |⃗ ⃗⃗|.


22. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are given by vectors ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

and ⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂

23. Show that the lines are perpendicular to each other.


24. Find the probability distribution of number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Show that the relation R in the set given by ( ) | | is
an equivalence relation.
26. Solve for x, ( ) ( )

27. By using elementary transformation, find the inverse of the matrix [ ]

28. If ( ) ( ) then prove that ( )


29. Verify mean value theorem for the function ( ) in the interval [ ]

30. Using differentials, find the approximate value of ( )


31. Find : ∫ ( )
32. Find ∫ ( )( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 338


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

33. Find the area of the region bounded by find the in the first
quadrant.
34. From the differential equation representing family of curves where a and b are
arbitrary constants.
35. Prove that [ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗] [ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗]
36. Show that the position vector of the point P, which divides the line joining the points A and B
⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
having position vectors ⃗ ⃗⃗ internally in the ration is
37. Find the equation of the line passing through the points ( ) ( ) in both vector
and Cartesian forms
38. A die is tossed thrice. Find the probability of getting an odd number at least once.

PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Let be the set of all non-negative real numbers. Show that the function
[ ) ( ) is invertible and write the inverse of f.

40. If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate AC, BC and ( ) Also,

verify that ( )
41. Solve the following system of equations by matrix method.

42. If ( ) ( )
43. A ladder 5m long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is pulled along the
ground, away from the wall, at the rate of . How fast is its height on the wall
decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 4m away from the wall?
44. Find the integral of √ w.r.t. x and hence evaluate ∫ √
45. Find the area of the ellipse the method of integration and hence find the area

of the ellipse

46. Find the general solution of the differential equation ( )


47. Derive the equation of a plane in normal form (both in the vector and Cartesian froms)
48. If a fair coin is tossed 10 times, find the probability of
b) Exactly six heads and
c) At least six heads

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 339


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10

49. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) and hence evaluate ∫
√ √

b) Find the value of K, if ( ) { is continuous at

50. a) Minimize and maximize subject to the constants


by graphical method.

b) Prove that | | ( )

******

QUESTION PAPER (MARCH 2017 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Let  be the binary operation on N given by a  b  LCM of a and b. Find 20  60 .

2. Find the principal value of cosec1  2  


i
3. Construct a 2  2 matrix, A   aij  , whose elements are given by, aij 
j
4. If A is a square matrix with A  8 , then find the value of AA .
dy
5. If y  cos( x ) , find .
dx
 1 
6.


Find  x   dx
x
7. Define Collinear vectors.
8. Find the direction cosines of a line which makes equal angles with co-ordinate axes.
9. Define Feasible region in a L.P.P.
3 1
10. If A and B are independent event, P( A)  and P( B)  then find P( A  B) .
5 5

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 340


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. If f : R R defined by f  x   1  x 2 , then show that f is neither 1-1 nor onto.

 
12. Show that sin 1 2 x 1  x 2  2 cos 1 x,
1
2
 x  1.

 1 x  1
13. Solve the equation, tan 1  1
  tan x, ( x  0)
 1 x  2
14. Find values of k, if area of triangle is 4 sq. units and vertices are  k , 0  ,  4, 0  ,  0, 2  using
determinants.
dy
15. Find , if ax  by 2  cos y .
dx
16. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function y  x2  2 x  8, x [4, 2] .
17. Find the approximate change in the volume of a cube of side x meters caused by increasing
the side by 3%.
tan 4 x sec2 x
18. Integrate with r.to x.
x
2
3
dx
19. Evaluate  4  9x
0
2

2
 dy  dy
20. Find the order and degree of the differential equation,     sin 2 y  0
 dx  dx
21. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining two points P and Q whose
position vectors are i  2 j  k and i  j  k respectively, in the ratio 2 : 1 (i) internally (ii)
externally.
22. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are determined by the vectors
a  i  j  3k and b  2i  7 j  k .
23. Find the vector and Cartesian equation of the line that passing through the points
(3, 2, 5) and (3, 2, 6)
24. Find the probability distribution of number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Show that the relation R in R defined as R   a, b  : a  b , is reflexive and transitive but not
symmetric.
 1  x 2 1 
26. Write tan 1   , x  0 in the simplest form.
 x 
 

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 341


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

27. If A and B are symmetric matrices of the same order, then show that AB is symmetric if and
only if A and B commute, that is AB  BA .
28. Differentiate  log x 
cos x
with r. to x.
29. Differentiate sin 2 x with respect to ecos x .
30. Find two positive numbers x and y such that x  y  60 and xy 3 is maximum.
2x
31. Evaluate:  x  3x  2
2
dx .


32. Evaluate: e x sin x dx

33. Find area of the region bounded by the curve y 2  4 x , y-axis and the line y  3 .
34. Form the differential equation of the family of circles having centre on y-axis and radius 3
units.
35. Find x , such that the four points A (3, 2, 1), B (4, x , 5), C (4, 2, 2) & D (6, 5, 1) are coplanar.
36. Three vectors a , b and c satisfy the condition a  b  c  0  Evaluate the quantity
  a  b  b  c  c  a if | a | 1, | b | 4 and | c | 2.
37. Find the shortest distance between the lines r  i  2 j  k  (i  j  k ) and
r  2i  j  k   (2i  j  2k )
38. Given that two numbers appearing on throwing two dice are different. Find the probability of
the event the sum of numbers on the dice is 4.

PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Let f : N R be defined by f  x   4 x 2  12 x  15 . Show that f : N S , where, S is the
range of function f , is invertible. Find the inverse of f .
1 0 2
40. If A   0 2 1  , prove that A3  6 A2  7 A  2I  O .
 2 0 3 
41. Solve the following system of linear equations by matrix method. x  y  2 z  1 ; 2 y  3z  1
and 3x  2 y  4 z  2.
42. If y   tan 1 x  , then prove that (1  x2 )2 y2  2 x(1  x 2 ) y1  2.
2

43. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 5 cm/minute and the width y is
increasing at the rate of 4 cm/minute. When x = 8 cm and y = 6 cm, find the rates of change
of (i) the perimeter, and (ii) the area of the rectangle.
44. Find the integral of x 2  a 2 with respect to x and hence evaluate  x 2  8 x  7dx .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 342


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

45. Using integration find the area of the triangular region whose sides have the equations
y  2 x  1, y  3x  1 and x  4 .
dy
46. Solve, cos 2 x  y  tan x, where 0  x  .
dx 2
47. Derive the equation of a plane perpendicular to a given vector and passing through a given
point both in vector and Cartesian form.
48. The probability that a bulb produced by a factory will fuse after 150 days of use is 0.05. Find
the probability that out of 5 such bulbs
(i) none (ii) not more than one (iii) more than one
will fuse after 150 days of use.

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
a a 2

49. a) Prove that  f  x  dx   f  a  x  dx


0 0

and hence evaluate (2 log sin x  log sin 2 x)dx.
0
2
x x yz
b) Prove that y y2 zx  ( x  y )( y  z )( z  x)( xy  yz  zx).
z z2 xy
50. a) Minimize and Maximize Z  600 x  400 y subject to the constraints
x  2 y  12, 2x  y  12, 4x  5 y  20 and x  0 and y  0 by graphical method.
 k cos x
  2 x , if x  2
b) Determine the value of k, if f ( x)   is continuous at x 
 3, 2
if x 
 2

*******

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 343


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

QUESTION PAPER (JUNE 2017 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
1. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
2. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Find the identity element for the binary operation defined on the set Q of rational numbers,
by

2. Write the value of for which ( ) holds.

3. Construct a matrix, [ ] whose elements are given by

4. Find the value of for which | | | |

5. Find if ( )
6. Find ∫
7. Find the unit vector in the direction of vector ̂ ̂ ̂.
8. Write the direction cosines of .
9. Define optimal solution in linear programming problem.
10.If ( ) and ( | ) then find ( ).
PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
11. Show that if and are onto, then is also onto.
12. Show that ( )

13. Find the value of ( )


14. Using determinant method find the area of the triangle whose vertices are ( )( ) and
( )
15. Differentiate ( ) with respect to
16. Find if

17. Find the point on the curve at which the tangents are parallel to .

18. Evaluate ∫
19. Evaluate ∫ ( )

20. Find the order and degree, if defined, of the differential equation ( )
21. If ⃗ is a unit vector and ( ⃗ ⃗) ( ⃗ ⃗) then find | ⃗ |

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 344


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

22. Find the area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are given by the vectors ⃗ ̂ ̂
̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
23. Find the angle between the pair of lines given by ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂ ̂ ) and
⃗ ̂ ̂ (̂ ̂ ̂)
24. If and are two independent events, then prove that the probability of occurrence of
atleast one of and is given by ( ) ( )
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Check whether the relation defined in the set as ( ) is
reflexive or symmetric.
26. Solve: . Find the value of .

27. By using elementary transformations, find the inverse of [ ]

28. Find , if ( ( )) , .
29. Verify mean value theorem for the function ( ) in the interval [ ]
30. Find the two positive numbers whose sum is 15 and the sum of whose squares is minimum.
31. Evaluate : ∫ ( )( )

32. Evaluate : ∫ √
33. Find the area bounded by the curve between and
34. Find the equation of a curve passing through a point ( ), given that the slope of the
tangent to the curve at any point ( ) is
35. Show that the position vector of the point which divides the line joining the points and
⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
having position vectors ⃗ and ⃗⃗ internally in the ratio is .
36. Find such that the four points ( ), ( ), ( ) and ( ) are co-planar.
37. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the plane which passes through the point
( )and perpendicular to the line with direction ratios .
38. A man is known to speak truth 3 out of 4 times. He throws a die and reports that it is a six.
Find the probability that it is actually a six.
PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Let be given by ( ) . Show that f is invertible and find the inverse of f.

40. If [ ] [ ] [ ] Calculate and ( )

Also, verify that ( )

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 345


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

41. Solve the following system of equations by matrix method: , and

42. If ( ) ( ) then prove that


43. Sand is pouring from a pipe at the rate of 12cm 3/s. The falling sand forms a cone on the
ground in such a way that the height of the cone is always one-sixth of the radius of the base.
How fast is the height of the sand cone increasing when the height is 4 cm?
44. Find the integral of √ with respect to and hence evaluate ∫ √ .
45. Find the smaller area enclosed by the circle and the line
46. Find the general solution of the differential equation ( )
47. Derive the equation of the line in space, passing through two points both in vector and
Cartesian forms.
48. If a fair coin is tossed 10 times, find the probability of i) exactly six heads and ii) atleast six
heads.
PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
49. a) Minimize Subject to the constraints:

b) Prove that | | ( )( )( )

∫ ( ) ( )
50. a) Prove that ∫ ( ) { and hence evaluate
( )

∫ ( )

( )
b) For what value of is the function defined by ( ) { continuous at

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 346


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

QUESTION PAPER (MARCH 2018 )


Time : 3 hours 15 Minutes Max. Marks: 100
Instructions:
3. The question paper has five parts namely A, B, C, D and E. Answer all the parts.
4. Use the graph sheet for the question on linear programming on PART E.
PART – A
Answer all the 10 questions 1 x 10 = 10
1. Define Bijective function.
2. Write the principal value branch of cos1 x
i
3. Construct a 2  2 matrix, A   aij  , whose elements are given by, aij 
j
4. If A is a invertible matrix of order 2 , then, find A1 .

dy
5. If y  e x , find
3
.
dx
x3  1
6. Find  x
dx .

7. Find the unit vector in the direction of the vector a  i  j  2 k .


8. If a line makes angle 900, 600, and 300 with the positive direction of x, y and z –axis
respectively, find its direction cosines.
9. Define optimal solution in a linear programming problem.
7 9 4
10. If A and B are independent event, P( A)  and P( B)  and P( A  B)  .
13 13 13 find P(A/B)

PART – B
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 2 = 20
ab
11. Let be a binary operation on Q by a  b  , a, b  Q is associative or not.
2
 1 
12. . If sin sin 1    cos 1  x    1 , then find the value of x .
 5 
 cosx  sin x 
13. Write the simplest form tan 1  , 0  x  .
 cosx  sin x 
14. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are  2, 3 ,  3, 2  and  1, 8 by using
determinants.
15. Differentiate xsin x , x  0 with r. to x .

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 347


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

dy
16. Find , if x2  xy  y 2  100 .
dx
17. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y  x3 – x at x  2 .
1
e tan x
18. Integrate with r.to x.
1  x2
3
xdx
19. Evaluate 
2
x2  1

20. Find the order and degree of the differential equation, ( ) ( ) ( )

21. Find the projection of the vector i  3 j  7k on the vector 7i  j  8k .


22. Find the area of a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are given by the vectors a  3i  j  4k
and b  i  j  k .
23. Find the angle between the planes whose vectors r  (2i  2 j  3k )  5 and r  (3i  3 j  5k )  3 .
24. A random variable X has the following probability distribution:
X 0 1 2 3 4
Determine (i) K (ii) P  X  2  .
P( X ) 0.1 K 2K 2K K
PART – C
Answer any TEN questions 10 x 3 = 30
25. Show that the relation R in the set A  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 given by B   a, b  : a – b is even is
an equivalence
1 1 31
26. Prove that 2 tan 1  tan 1  tan 1 .
2 7 17
1 3 
27. By using elementary transformations, find the inverse of the matrix A   
2 7
dy
28. Find , if x  sin t , y  cos 2t .
dx
29. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function y  x2  2, x [2, 2] .
30. Find two numbers whose sum is 24 and whose product is as large as possible.
x
31. Find 
 x  1 x  2 
dx .


32. Evaluate: e x sin x dx

33. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve y  x 2 and the line y  4 .
34. Form the differential equation representing the family curves y  asin  x  b  , where a and b
are arbitrary constants.
Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 348
MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

35. Show that the position vector of the point P, which divides the line joining the points A and B
mb  na
having the position vectors a and b internally in the ratio m : n is .
mn
36. . Find x , such that the four points A (3, 2, 1), B (4, x , 5), C (4, 2, 2) and D (6, 5, 1) are
coplanar.
37. Find the equation of the plane through the intersection of the planes 3x  y  2 z  4  0,
x  y  z  2  0 and the point (2, 2, 1).
38. A bag contains 4 red and 4 black balls, another bag contains 2 red and 6 black balls. One of the
two bags is selected at random and a ball is drawn from the bug which is found to be red. Find
the probability that the ball is drawn from the first bag?

PART - D
Answer any SIX questions 6 x 5 = 30
39. Let R be the set of all non-negative real numbers. Show that the function f : R  4,  
defined by f  x   x 2  4 is invertible and write the inverse of f .
 0 6 7 0 1 1  2
40. If A   6 0 8  , B  1 0 2  , C   2  . Calculate AC, BC and  A  B  C . Also, verify
     
 7 8 0  1 2 0   3 
that  A  B  C  AC  BC .
41. Solve the following system of linear equations by matrix method
x  y  2 z  7, 3x  4 y  5z  5, 2 x  y  3z  12.
42. If y   tan 1 x  , then prove that (1  x2 )2 y2  2 x(1  x 2 ) y1  2.
2

43. A sand is pouring from a pipe at the rate of 12cm 3/s. The falling sand form a cone on the
ground in such a way that the height of the cone is always one-sixth of the radius of the base.
How fast is the height of the sand cone increasing when the height is 4cm ?
1 1
44. Find the integral of 2
x a 2
w.r.to x and hence find 
x  6 x  13
2
dx .

45. Using integration, find the area of region bounded by the triangle whose vertices are (1, 0), (2,
2) and (3, 1).
dy
46. Find the general solution of the differential equation x  2 y  x 2 log x
dx
47. Derive the equation of a line in space passing through two given points both in vector and
Cartesian form.
48. If a fair coin is tossed 10 times, find the probability of
(i) exactly six heads (ii) atleast six heads.

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 349


MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

PART-E
Answer any ONE questions 1 x 10 = 10
a a a
x
49. a) Prove that  f  x  dx   f  a  x  dx
0 0
and hence evaluate 
0
x  xa
dx.

x  y  2z x y
y  z  2x  2 x  y  z .
3
b) Prove that z y
z x z  x  2y
50. a) Minimize and Maximize Z  3x  9 y subject to the constraints
x  3 y  60, x  y  10, x  y, x  0 and y  0
b) Find the relationship between ‘a’ and ‘b’ so that the function ‘f’ defined by
ax  1, if x  3
f  x   is continuous at x  3.
bx  3, if x  3

Smt. Pushpa Shamanur Mahalingappa Independent Pre-University College, Davangere 350

You might also like